Basic English Grammar Notes

Grammar is a set of rules which deals with how to put words in a disciplined
order. It studies scientifically means systematically the written components of a

language such as words and sentences, auxiliaries, parts of speech, tenses and usages,
voices, structure of sentences and many more. In grammar we see the grammatical
instructions which help us to use a language in a correct manner.
Topic 1: Sentences
There are 26 letters in English alphabet.
Capital letters:
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
Small letters:
a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z.
Alphabet means what?
Alphabet is a group of letters. There is one alphabet in English and it has

contained 26 letters (A to Z letters)
Letter means what?
Letter is a written symbol which we can pronounce and when we pronounce it

makes a sound.
For ex: a, b, h, g, l, o, r etc…..
Word means what?
Word is a group of letters which makes a meaning.
Ex:
 King: the group of 4 letters, which means ‘a ruler’
 Bliss: the group of 5 letters, which means ‘highest happiness’
 Dive: the group of 4 letters, which means ‘plunge into water’
Sentence means what?
It is a group of words which are arranged in a proper order (means grammatical

order) and give a meaning, but the meaning should be acceptable. So to call a group of
words a sentence there are 4 conditions.
1) It should have group of words.

2) Words should be arranged in a proper order.
3) It should give a full meaning.
4) The meaning should be acceptable.
Ex:
 ate apple I an. (not correct) I ate an apple. (correct)

 country man made the. (not correct) man made the country. (correct)
 book she a to gave Ravi. (not correct) she gave a book to ravi. (correct)
 I eat stones in breakfast. (not acceptable) I eat idli in breakfast. (acceptable)
Kinds of Sentences (ªÁPÀåUÀ¼À «zsÀUÀ¼ÀÄ)
1. Assertive Sentences :
Assertive Sentences are simple sentences. They are used to assert a fact or a
point of view. They may be positive or negative sentences.
AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉÃ MAzÀÄ «µÀAiÀÄªÀ£ÀÄß CxÀªÁ ºÉÃ½PÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ¥Àæw¥Á¢¸ÀÄªÀ ªÁPÀåPÉÌ ¤±ÀÑAiÀiÁxÀðPÀ CxÀªÁ
¸ÁzÁ ªÁPÀå JAzÀÄ PÀgÉAiÀÄÄvÉÛÃªÉ CªÀÅ ¸ÀPÁgÁvÀäPÀ CxÀªÁ £ÀPÁgÁvÀäPÀªÁVgÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ.
Ex:
1. My sister gave me a new Pen. £ÁªÀÅ ¤£Éß E°èUÉ §AzÉªÀÅ.
£À£Àß ¸ÀºÉÆÃzÀjAiÀÄÄ £À£ÀUÉ MAzÀÄ ºÉÆ¸À 5. Sita is singing a song
¯ÉÃR¤AiÀÄ£ÀÄß PÉÆlÖ¼ÀÄ. ¹ÃvÁ MAzÀÄ ºÁqÀ£ÀÄß ºÁqÀÄwÛzÁÝ¼É.
2. I do not go to college today. 6. He has gone to Bengaluru
£Á£ÀÄ EªÀvÀÄÛ «zÁå®AiÀÄPÉÌ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÀÅ¢®è. CªÀ£ÀÄ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ ºÉÆÃVzÁÝ£É.
3. Someone has stolen my book.
AiÀiÁgÉÆÃ M§âgÀÄ £À£Àß ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀÀªÀ£ÀÄß PÀ¼ÀÄªÀÅ
ªÀiÁrzÁÝgÉ.
4. We came here yesterday.
Some more examples:

 It is raining.  I like reading.
 The child is going to school.  Honesty is the best policy.
 I get up early in the morning.  Barking dogs seldom bite.
2. Interrogative Sentences:
The Interrogative sentences are questions. They are used to ask questions. These
sentences are following by the question mark (?).
F ªÁPÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ ¥Àæ±ÁßxÀðPÀ ªÁPÀåUÀ¼ÁVzÀÄÝ EªÀÅUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¥Àæ±Éß PÉÃ¼À®Ä G¥ÀAiÉÆÃV¸ÀÄvÉÛÃªÉ. F ªÁPÀåUÀ¼À
PÉÆ£ÉUÉ AiÀiÁªÁUÀ®Æ ¥Àæ±ÁßxÀðPÀ a£ÉíAiÀÄ£ÀÄß G¥ÀAiÉÆÃV¸À¯ÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ.
We make two types of questions in common. They are ‘Yes/No’ and ‘WH’
questions. ¸ÁªÀiÁ£ÀåªÁV £ÁªÀÅ JgÀqÀÄ «zsÀzÀ ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ªÀiÁqÀÄvÉÛÃªÉ. CªÀÅ WH ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ Yes-
No ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ¼ÀÄ
‘ WH’ Question: Theses are formed by using WH words like, what, Where why,
When…… EªÀÅUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¥Àæ±ÁßxÀðPÀ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼ÁzÀ K£ÀÄ, J°èè, KPÉ, ºÉÃUÉ JA§ÄªÀÅUÀ½AzÀ gÀa¸À¯ÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ.
Ex:
1) What is there in the room? 5) When will the doctor come?
D PÉÆÃuÉAiÀÄ°è K¤zÉ? ªÉÊzÀågÀÄ AiÀiÁªÁUÀ §gÀÄªÀgÀÄ?
2) Who is you teacher? 6) Why are you here?
¤ªÀÄä UÀÄgÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ AiÀiÁjzÁÝgÉ? ¤Ã£ÀÄ AiÀiÁPÉ E°ègÀÄªÉ?
3) Which is Ravi’s book? 7) How far is the river from here?
gÀ«AiÀÄ ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀ AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ? £À¢AiÀÄÄ E°èAzÀ JµÀÄÖ zÀÆgÀ EzÉ?
4) Where is your Father? 8) Which film did you see yesterday?
¤ªÀÄä vÀAzÉ J°èzÁÝgÉ? ¤Ã£ÀÄ ¤£Éß AiÀiÁªÀ ZÀ®£ÀavÀæªÀ£ÀÄß £ÉÆÃrzÉ?
Yes/No Questions: The questions what are framed by using the helping verbs is, am,
was, were ……. ¸ ¸ÀºÁAiÀÄPÀ QæAiÀiÁ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À (is, am, was, were….) §¼ÀPÉ¬ÄAzÀ gÀa¸À®àqÀÄªÀ
¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ¼ÀÄ.
Ex :
1) Am I a rich man? 5) Have you had meals?
£Á£ÀÄ M§â ²æÃªÀÄAvÀ ªÀÄ£ÀÄµÀå¤zÉÝÃ£ÉAiÉÄ? ¤ÃªÀÅ Hl ªÀiÁr¢ÝÃgÁ?
2) Are we going to church? 6) Did the doctor come yesterday?
£ÁªÀÅ ªÀÄA¢gÀPÉ ºÉÆÃUÀÄwÛzÉÝÃªÉAiÉÄÃ? ¤£Éß ªÉÊzÀågÀÄ §AzÀgÉÃ?
3) Was that book a good one? 7) Does he come here everyday?
D ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀªÀÅ MAzÀÄ M¼ÉîAiÀÄ ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀªÁVvÉÛ? CªÀ£ÀÄ E°èUÉ ¥Àæw¢£À §gÀÄvÁÛ£ÉAiÉÄÃ?
4) Do you know that man? 8) Can he lift that box?
D ªÀÄ£ÀÄµÀå ¤ªÀÄUÉ UÉÆwÛzÉAiÉÄ? CªÀ£ÀÄ D ¥ÉnÖUÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß JvÀÛ§®è£ÉÃ?
Some more examples:Interrogative sentences

 What are you doing?  Did you take your vitamin this
 Where do you live? morning?
 Who is playing in the Super  Do you have your homework
Bowl? ready?
 What is the meaning of this?  Are you ready to go?
 Which songs do you like best?  Did you go to the game Friday
 Mister, can you spare a dime? night?
3. Imperatives
The sentences what express requests, orders, suggestions, wishes etc…. are
imperative sentences.
AiÀiÁªÀ ªÁPÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ «£ÀAw, DeÉÕ, ¸À®ºÉ, DzÉÃ±À, ºÀgÀPÉ JA§ PÉ®¸ÀªÀ£ÀÄß ¥ÀÆgÉÊ¸À®Ä
§¼À¸À¯ÁUÀÄvÀÛªÉAiÉÆ CªÀÅ DeÁÕzsÁgÀPÀ ªÁPÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ.
Examples : Commands
1. Don’t go there. C°èUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ¨ÉÃrj.
2) Go and open the door. 4) Take this box to that room.
ºÉÆÃUÀÄ, ¨ÁV®£ÀÄß vÉUÉ. F ¥ÉnÖUÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß D PÉÆÃuÉUÉ vÉUÉzÀÄPÉÆAqÀÄ
3) Complete that work before you go. ºÉÆÃUÀÄ.
¤Ã£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÀÅzÀQÌAvÀ ªÉÆzÀ®Ä D PÉ®¸ÀªÀ£ÀÄß 5) Bring me a glass of water.
¥ÀÆtðUÉÆ½¸ÀÄ. £À£ÀUÉ MAzÀÄ ¯ÉÆl ¤ÃgÀ£ÀÄß vÉUÉzÀÄPÉÆAqÀÄ ¨Á.
Example: Requests/ Entreaties
1) May I come in Sir? 4) May I use your phone, Madam?
ªÀiÁ£ÀågÉÃ, £Á£ÀÄ M¼ÀUÉ §gÀ§ºÀÄzÉ? £Á£ÀÄ ¤ªÀÄä zÀÆgÀªÁtÂAiÀÄ£ÀÄß
2) Please give me your book. G¥ÀAiÉÆÃV¸À§ºÀÄzÉÃ, CªÀiÁä?
zÀAiÀÄ«lÄÖ £À£ÀUÉ ¤ªÀÄä ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀ PÉÆr. 5) Please show me the way to market?
3) Help me with some money, brother. zÀAiÀÄ«lÄÖ £À£ÀUÉ ªÀiÁgÀÄPÀmÉÖUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÀ zÁj
£À£ÀUÉ ¸Àé®à ºÀtzÀ ¸ÀºÁAiÀÄ ªÀiÁr, CuÁÚ. vÉÆÃj¸ÀÄ«gÁ?
Examples: Suggestions / Advices ¸À®ºÉUÀ¼ÀÄ

1) Always respect your elders. 4) Think before you act.«ZÁgÀ ªÀiÁr
AiÀiÁªÁUÀ®Æ ¤ªÀÄä »jAiÀÄjUÉ UËgÀªÀ PÉÆrj. PÁAiÀÄðªÀÄUÀßgÁVj./ PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÀÄªÀ ªÀÄÄ£Àß
2) Go to school regularly. AiÉÆÃZÀ¹.
±Á¯ÉUÉ vÀ¥ÀàzÉ ºÉÆÃVj.
5) Pray to God everyday.
3) Help the poor. ¥Àæw¢£À zÉÃªÀgÀ£ÀÄß ¥Áæyð¹j.
§qÀd£ÀjUÉ ¸ÀºÁAiÀÄ ªÀiÁrj.
Some more examples: Imperative
 Pour me a glass of water.  Tell the truth, the whole truth
 Leave the package at the door. and nothing but the truth.
 Take me to the library.  leave the package at the door.
 Walk through this door and turn  take me to the library.
left at the next hallway.  walk through the door and turn
 Come over here, look at this left at the next hallway.
specimen, and tell me what you  come over here, look at this
think. specimen, and tell me what you
 Put that down now! think.
4. Exclamatory Sentences (GzÁÏgÀªÁZÀPÀ ªÁPÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ) : The sentence which expresses strong
and sudden feeling. AiÀiÁªÀ ªÁPÀå §°µÀ×ªÁzÀ ¨sÁªÀ£ÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß M«ÄäAzÉÆªÉÄä¯É ªÀåPÀÛ¥Àr¸ÀÄvÀÛzÉAiÉÆÃ CzÀÄ
GzÁÎgÀªÁZÀPÀ ªÁPÀå.
Example:
1) Ha! What a fine building! 4) Alas! She is no more
ºÁ! JAxÀºÁ ¸ÀÄAzÀgÀªÁzÀ PÀlÖqÀ. CAiÉÆåÃ! CªÀ¼ÀÄ E¤ß®è.
2) Hurrah! I got the first rank. 5) Pooh! What a dirty place.
C¨Áâ! £Á£ÀÄ ¥ÀæxÀªÀÄ ±ÉæÃtÂ ¥ÀqÉzÉ. C! JAxÀºÁ ºÉÆ®¸ÀÄ ¸ÀÜ¼À.
3) Bravo! What an achievement. 6) Oh! That child is starving.
±ÀºÀ¨sÁ¸ï! JAxÀºÁ ¸ÁzsÀ£É. N! D ªÀÄUÀÄ«UÉ ºÀ¹ªÁVzÉ.
Some more examples: Exclamatory sentences
 No, you did not have permission  I can’t figure this out!
to stay out this late! (anger) (frustration)
 Our team won the championship!  Oh, I didn’t see you come in!
(happiness) (surprise)
 I don’t know what happened  Wow, that was a thrilling ride!
here! (confusion)  Brilliant, you solved the puzzle!
 I simply adore you! (love)  Awesome, you got the job!
 I just won the lottery! (elation)  Ouch, that really hurts!
 My life will never be the same  I don’t know what you feel but,
without you! (sorrow) sheesh, I think the food was
 too expensive!
Exercises 1:
Identify The Kinds of Sentences as Exclamatory, Imperative, Assertive or Interrogative
Sentences:
1. Go there. 15. What a lucky man he is!

2. Do you have a pen? 16. The Police arrested the thief.
3. Mohan planned a tony. 17. The teacher teaches well.
4. How gracefully he played! 18. Take these books.
5. What is your aim in life? 19. Where is your school?
6. Be quite. 20. Oh! I missed the bus.
7. My father started a business. 21. What is your pet animal?
8. Ah! I have got the first prize. 22. Pakistan is our neighboring country.
9. Ravi is a good boy. 23. Throw the ball.
10. Do your duty. 24. What a tasty food!
11. Where do you live? 25. What is your optional subject?
12. What a beautiful plate this is! 26. Alas! The sun is very hot to go out!
13. Stop the car. 27. Kalpana Roy is a brilliant girl.
14. What day is today? 28. Remove your shoes.
Topic 4: Parts of Speech.
The words which we use to speak always express our ideas, opinions, feelings,
actions, thoughts etc….. Words are very important elements in oral as well as written
communication, without words communication will be too difficult. In English grammar
we study words under eight parts. We make these eight parts according to the work
they perform. The eight parts of speech are
1. Noun 5. Adjective
2. Pronoun 6. Preposition
3. Verb 7. Conjunction
4. Adverb 8. Interjection
Topic 4.a: Noun

Nouns are naming words. They identify people, things or place in our world.
Nouns come in six different forms: proper, common, abstract, concrete, collective, and
compound.
For example: boy, girl, table, chair, peacock, honesty, happiness, wisdom, book etc.,
Further, the nouns can be classified into four kinds as
Kinds of nouns
1. Proper noun:
A proper noun is the name of some particular person, place, thing, particular event, or
group. This proper noun begins with a capital letter. If the noun is nonspecific, that is,
the noun refers to a general idea and not a specific person, place, or thing; it is usually
not a proper noun, so it’s not capitalized.
 These people’s names are proper nouns.
Ex: Raghuram, Manoj, Lata, Aladdin, Mary, Muhammad, Harry Potter, Raziya ,Mahatma
Gandhi, Radha,
 The names of the days of the week and the months of the year are proper nouns.
Ex: Sunday, January, August, Monday, February, September, Tuesday, March October
 The names of special days and celebrations are also proper nouns.
Ex: New Year’s Day, Diwali, Valentine’s Day, Ramadan, Independece Day, Christmas Day,
Memorial Day, Republic Day,
 The names of famous places, buildings and monuments are proper nouns.
Ex: The Taj Mahal, The Statue of Liberty, The Eiffel Tower, The Golden Gate Bridge, the
Leaning Tower of Pisa, The Great Wall of China,
2. Common noun: A common noun is a name given in common to every person or thing
of the same class of kind.
Ex: chair bicycle television hammer ladder computer
axe calculator cooker saw crayons book
courage ruler printer laziness lawnmower dictionary
 These common nouns are words for animals.

Ex: cat kitten lion dog puppy tiger
horse whale frog sheep lamb bear
foal goat
 These common nouns are words for places.

Ex: airport hostel temple university hotel mosque
stadium bank school park library college
farm post office zoo mall police station
 These common nouns are words for people who do certain things.
Ex: artist teacher police officer singer clerk
headmaster plumber dancer manager driver director
doctor writer magician lawyer farmer artist
3. Collective noun:
I) A collective noun is a name of a number (collection) of persons or things taken
together and spoken of as one whole as:
Ex: Crowd, mob, team, flock, herd, army, fleet, jury, family, nation,
parliament, committee. family, committee, community, company, and, gang, choir,
government
 Here are more collective nouns we can use for groups of people.
Ex: A crowd of people, An army of soldiers, a panel of judges,

A team of players a class of schoolchildren, a company of actors,
a gang of thieves, a band of musicians
 Many groups of animals have their own special collective nouns.

Ex: a brood of chickens, a litter of puppies, a school of fish,
a flock of birds, a pack of wolves a swarm of bees,
a drove of sheep, a pride of lions, a troop of monkeys,
a herd of cattle a pod of dolphins, a gaggle of geese
 Some groups of things also have their own special collective nouns.
Ex: a bunch of bananas, a deck of cards, a fleet of vehicles,
a bunch of flower, a cluster of grapes, a suite of rooms,
a bunch of keys, a grove of trees, a suite of furniture,
a bouquet of flower a fleet of ships a set of tools
 Some nouns name the amount or form of something.
Ex: a loaf of bread, a bar of soap, a bar of chocolate
 The words a piece of mean a single serving or part of something.
Ex: a slice/piece of bread, a slice/piece of cheese,
a sheet/piece of paper, a piece/square of chocolate,
a piece of chalk, a piece of advice,
4. Abstract noun:
An abstract noun is usually the name of feelings, ideas, action, state and
characteristics, or qualities considered apart from the object to which it belongs as. This
abstract noun cannot be seen and touched but it can only be felt by our sense. The
abstract noun is not visible.
Ex:
Quality: wiseness, goodness, kindness, whiteness, darkness, honesty, wisdom, bravery
Action: quarreling, jog, laughter, theft, movement, judgment, hatred
State: poverty, childhood, boyhood, manhood, youth, slavery, sleep, death
Exercise 4
Find Common, Proper, Abstract, Material, Collective, Countable, Uncountable, Concrete
Nouns from the following list.
1. Which of the following noun is a Proper Noun?
a) singer b) Peter c) milk d) sister
2. Which of the following noun is a Common Noun?

a) birds b) London c) iron d) India
3. Which of the following noun is a Collective Noun?

a) team b) book c) marbles d) ships
4. Artist is a ............ Noun?

a) Collective b) Abstract c) Concrete d) Countable
5. Family is a ............ Noun?

a) Collective b) Abstract c) Concrete d) Countable
6. Which of the following noun is not a Abstract Noun?

a) goodness b) bravery c) family d) childhood
7. Which of the following noun is not a Countable Noun?

a) books b) gold c) horse d) apple
8. Which of the following noun is not a Proper Noun?

a) team b) London c) Monday d) Nelson
9. Birds fly in the sky.

a) Proper Noun b) Common Noun c) Abstract Noun d) Collective Noun
10. I saw a bunch of grapes.
a) Common Noun b) Material Noun c) Collective Noun d) Abstract Noun
Exercise 5
Point out the nouns in the following sentences and say whether they are common,
proper, collective, material or abstract.
1. Always speak the truth.

2. We all love honesty.
3. I have two children.
4. The lion is the king of the beasts.
5. Solomon was the wisest of all kings.
6. Cleanliness is next to godliness.
7. Birds of a feather flock together.
8. Who teaches you grammar?
9. The Nile is the longest of all rivers.
10. A committee of six was appointed to assess the situation.
11. Jawaharlal Nehru was the first Prime Minister of India.
12. The boy was rewarded for his honesty.
13. He gave me an apple.
14. I recognized his voice at once.
15. You should never tell a lie.
16. Wisdom is better than riches.
17. He is on the jury.
18. Silver and gold are precious metals.
19. Still waters run deep.
20. The cackling of geese saved Rome.
21. Tubal Cain was a man of might.
22. Old habits die hard.
23. The early bird catches the worm.
24. It was Edison who invented the phonograph.
25. You can’t pump the ocean dry.
THE NOUN - GENDER

The Gender of a noun indicates the sex or the absence of sex. According to gender
there are totally four kinds in nouns, they are
1. Masculine Gender. 2. Feminine Gender, 3. Common Gender and 4. Neuter Gender.

For example: boy, girl, hero, heroine, lion, lioness, etc.
1. Masculine Gender: A noun that denotes a MALE SEX is called Masculine Gender.
Masculine nouns are words for men, boys and male animals.
Ex: boy, lion, bull, dog
2. Feminine Gender: A noun that denotes a FEMALE SEX is called Feminine Gender.
Feminine nouns are words for women, girls and female animals.
Ex: girl, lioness, cow, bitch
3. Common Gender: A noun that denotes either a male or a female sex is said to be of
the common gender.
Ex: child, student, friend, pupil
4. Neuter Gender: A noun that denotes a lifeless thing is called Neuter Gender. The
noun that denotes a thing that is neither male nor female is called Neuter Gender.
Ex: book, pen, room, tree
Ways of forming the feminine of Nouns
1. Here are some more masculine and feminine nouns for people.
Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine
 father mother  uncle aunt
 son daughter  master mistress
 brother sister  emperor empress
 nephew niece  bachelor maid / spinster
 man woman  sir madam
2. Here are some masculine and feminine nouns for male and female animals. There is one
general word for the animal and special word for male and female.
Animal Masculine Feminine

 chicken rooster hen
 duck drake duck
 cattle bull cow
 goose gander goose
 fox fox vixen
 tiger tiger tigress
 pig boar sow
 horse stallion mare
 donkey jack jenny
3. By using an entirely different words; as

 boy girl  drake duck
 bachelor maid / spinster  monk nun
 brother sister  hart roe
 dog bitch  buck doe
 king queen  earl countees
4. By adding a syllable (-ess, -ine, trix, -a, etc) as,

 author authoress  host hostess
 giant giantess  mayor mayoress
 heir heiress  shepherd shepherdess
 lion lioness  poet poetess
4. By adding -ess after dropping the vowel of the masculine ending

Masculine Feminine  Waiter waitress
 Actor Actress Masculine Feminine
 Duke Duchess  Negro Negress
 Emperor Empress  Abbot Abbess
 Tiger Tigress
5. By a word suffix or prefix, like

 Man-servant Maid-servant  Cock-Sparrow Hen-Sparrow
 Milk-man Milk-maid  He-goat She-goat
 Grand-father Grand-mother  Land-lord Land-lady
 Bull-calf Cow-calf  Pea-cock pea-hen
Note: Objects without life are often personified, that is, spoken of as if they were living
beings. We then regard them as males or females.
 The Masculine Gender is often applied to objects remarkable for strength and
violence; as,
Ex: The Sun Summer Winter Death
The sun sheds his beams on rich and poor alike.
 The Feminine Gender is sometimes applied to objects remarkable for beauty,

gentleness, and gracefulness; as,
Ex: The Moon the Earth Spring Nature
The moon has hidden her face behind a cloud.
Exercise 6
English Exercise: Gender of Nouns

A. Complete the table with appropriate masculine or feminine nouns.
Masculine Feminine
1. duke
2. gentleman
3. patron
4. bachelor
5. emperor
6. directress
7. actress
8. mother
9. daughter
10. queen
Exercise 7
Exercise: Write each word under the appropriate column

niece nephew principal violin
stallion mare car president
coin neighbor mistress master
secretary groom bride country
rock rooster hen pet
Masculine –
Feminine –
Common –
Neuter –
Singular and Plural Nouns
 There is a boy in the classroom.

 There are 15 boys in the classroom.
 ‘a boy’ means one boy, and ’15 boys’ means more than 1 boy. Depending upon the
number of a noun we make two kinds. They are singular and plural nouns.
Singular noun: only one, means there is only one person, place, thing, or idea etc.
Plural noun: two or more than two nouns, which may be person, place, thing, or idea
etc.
Exercises:
Singular Plural
 attorney-general attorneys-general
 brother-in-law brothers-in-law
 bystander bystanders
 commander-in-chief commanders-in-chief
 court martial courts martial
 cupful cupfuls
 father-in-law fathers-in-law
 general staff general staff
 go-between go-betweens
 governor-general governors-general
 handful handfuls
 heir apparent heirs apparent
 maidservant maidservants
 man-of-war men-of-war
 mix-up mix-ups
 mother-in-law mothers-in-law
 mouthful mouthfuls
 notary public notaries public
 passer-by passers-by
 sergeant major sergeants major
 sister-in-law sisters-in-law
 son-in-law sons-in-law
 step-parent step-parents
 step-daughter step-daughters
 step-mother step-mothers
 tablespoonful tablespoonfuls
 takeoff takeoffs
 Some nouns have same singular and plural forms or have plural ending (-s)
Singular Plural Singular Plural
 boar boar/boars  Sherpa Sherpa/Sherpas
 reindeer reindeer/reindeers  shrimp shrimp/shrimps
 buck (animal) buck/bucks  trout trout/trouts
 roe roe/roes  quail quail/quails
 Eskimo Eskimo/Eskimos  whale whale/whales
Singular plural Singular plural

 Analysis analyses  ellipsis ellipses
 axis Axes  hypothesis hypotheses
 basis bases  oasis oases
 crisis crises  parenthesis parentheses
 diagnosis diagnoses  thesis theses
Singular plural singular plural

 Advice advice  public public
 kennels kennels  dozen dozen
 Aircraft aircraft  salmon salmon
 knowledge knowledge  fish fish**
 Baggage baggage  scenery scenery
 means means  furniture furniture
 Bison bison  series series
 moose moose  grouse grouse
 Cod cod  sheep sheep
 Music music  gymnastics gymnastics
 Crossroads crossroads  species species
 news news  headquarters headquarters
 Deer deer  staff staff
 offspring offspring  information information
 dice dice  swine swine
** More than one fish of the same species. Fishes are the plural of more than one
species of fish.

 criterion criteria  foot feet
 dormouse dormice  goose geese
 louse lice  phenomenon phenomena
 man men  tooth teeth
 mouse mice*  woman women
* For computer mouse, the plural is mice or mouses.
By adding -en/-ren
Singular Plural
 ox oxen
 child children
By adding –s or changing –f into –ves

Singular Plural
 dwarf dwarfs/dwarves
 handkerchief handkerchiefs/ves
 hoof hoofs/hooves
 scarf scarfs/scarves
 turf turfs/turves
 wharf wharfs/wharves
By adding –s to nouns ending in –f or –fe

 belief beliefs  chief chiefs
 gulf gulfs  roof roofs
 bluff bluffs  cliff cliffs
 handcuff handcuffs  safe safes
 chef chefs  giraffe giraffes
 reef reefs  sheriff sheriffs
By changing –f or –fe into –ves

 beef beeves  shelf shelves
 loaf loaves  knife knives
 calf calves  thief thieves
 self selves  leaf leaves
 half halves  wife wives
 sheaf sheaves  life lives
 housewife housewives  wolf wolves
By adding –s if there is a vowel before the –y

 alloy alloys  kidney kidneys
 joy joys  chimney chimneys
 bay bays  monkey monkeys
 key keys  day days
 boy boys  play plays
 decoy decoys  guy guys
 ray rays  trolley trolleys
 delay delays  jersey jerseys
 toy toys  valley valleys
 donkey donkeys  journey journeys
 tray trays  way ways
By changing –y into –ies if a noun ends in a consonant before the –y

 army armies  country countries
 enemy enemies  sky skies
 baby babies  cry cries
 fairy fairies  spy spies
 beauty beauties  curry curries
 family families  story stories
 berry berries  diary diaries
 lady ladies  strawberry strawberries
 cherry cherries  discovery discoveries
 library libraries  territory territories
 city cities  duty duties
 nappy nappies  theory theories
By adding –s or –es to nouns ending in –o
Singular Plural
 banjo banjos/banjoes
 archipelago archipelagos/es
 cargo cargos/cargoes
 desperado desperados/desperadoes
 halo halos/haloes
 lasso lassos/lassoes
 mango mango/mangoes
 memento mementos/mementoes
 motto mottos/mottoes
 tornado tornados/tornadoes
 volcano volcanos/volcanoes
 zero zeros/zeroes
By adding –es to nouns ending in -o

 buffalo buffaloes  torpedo torpedoes
 potato potatoes  mosquito mosquitoes
 echo echoes  veto vetoes
 tomato tomatoes  negro negroes
 hero heroes  volcano volcanoes
By adding –s to nouns ending in -o
 bamboo bamboos  ghetto ghettos
 ratio ratios  studio studios
 casino casinos  kangaroo kangaroos
 scenario scenarios  tattoo tattoos
 commando commandos  kilo kilos
 silo silos  trio trios
 disco discos  photo photos
 shampoo shampoos  video videos
 duo duos  piano pianos
 solo solos  zero zeros
 dynamo dynamos  radio radios
 stereo stereos  zoo zoos
By adding -es to nouns ending in –ch, -s, -sh, -ss, -x, and -z
 address addresses  prefix prefixes
 fish fishes  clutch clutches
 batch batches  prospectus prospectuses
 inch inches  coach coaches
 beach beaches  quiz quizzes
 itch itches  complex complexes
 boss bosses  six sixes
 kiss kisses  cross crosses
 box boxes  slash slashes
 lens lenses  dish dishes
 branch branches  speech s peeches
 lunch lunches  dress dresses
 brush brushes  suffix suffixes
 match matches  eyelash eyelashes
 bus buses  tax taxes
 minus minuses  flash flashes
 buzz buzzes  thrush thrushes
 patch patches  fox foxes
 catch catches  virus viruses
 peach peaches  gas gases
 church c hurches  watch watches
 plus pluses  glass glasses
 class classes  wish wishes
By adding -s
 ant ants  lock locks
 banana bananas  flower flowers
 magazine magazines  rose roses
 bicycle bicycles  grape grapes
 mongoose mongooses  spoonful spoonfuls
 cow cows  human humans
 nose noses  toy toys
 daughter daughters  jug jugs
 orange oranges  vase vases
 egg eggs  king kings
 picture pictures  well wells
Countable and uncountable nouns
In English grammar, words that refer to people, places, or things are called
nouns. They can be classified in many ways.
One way to classify nouns is according to whether they can be counted or not. Many
English mistakes are related to this point. By reading through this page, you will
understand:
 What countable and uncountable nouns are.

 How to use them correctly in a sentence.
Countable (or count) nouns are words which can be counted. They have a singular
form and a plural form. They usually refer to things. Most countable nouns become
plural by adding an ‘s’ at the end of the word.
For example:
Singular Plural
chair chairs
bottle bottles
student students
Uncountable (or non-count) nouns are words which cannot be counted. Therefore,
they only have a singular form. They have no plural forms. These words are thought of
as wholes rather than as parts. They usually refer to abstractions (such as confidence or
advice) or collectives (such as equipment or luggage).
For example:
Singular
money
furniture
information
Using Countable & Uncountable Nouns

When using countable or uncountable nouns, pay attention to articles and
adjectives! Some articles and adjectives can be used with both countable and
uncountable nouns. However, others can be used with only countable or only
uncountable nouns.
Used with Countable Nouns Only

 a a doctor, a pen, a meal, a class, a college
 many many cups, many books, many libraries, many flights
 few few questions, few tables, few apples, few holidays, few countries
 a few a few questions, a few problems, a few issues, a few issues
Used with Uncountable Nouns Only

 much much money, much time, much food, much water, much energy
 little little trouble, little equipment, little meat, little patience
 a little bit of a little bit of confidence, a little bit of sleep, a little bit of snow
Used with Countable & Uncountable Nouns

The countable the monkeys, the schools, the teachers, the boats,
the bananas
uncountable the cheese, the machinery, the luggage, the grass,
the knowledge
Some countable some tables, some stores, some grapes, some cities,
some nurses
uncountable some time, some news, some bread, some salt, some mail
Any countable any forks, any socks, any bathrooms, any waiters,
any beliefs
uncountable any advice, any soap, any transportation, any gold,
any homework
No countable no magazines, no chocolates, no pilots, no rings, no markers

uncountable no trouble, no grass, no scenery, no money, no furniture
A lot of countable a lot of animals, a lot of coins, a lot of immigrants,

a lot babies
uncountable a lot of help, a lot of aggravation, a lot of happiness,
a lot of fun
lots of countable lots of computers, lots of buses, lots of parties,

lots of colleges
uncountable lots of cake, lots of ice cream, lots of energy, lots of laughter
enough countable enough plates, enough onions, enough restaurants,

enough worries
uncountable enough courage, enough wisdom, enough spaghetti,
enough time
plenty of countable plenty of houses, plenty of concerts, plenty of guitars,

uncountable plenty of oil, plenty of sugar, plenty of cheese,
plenty of space
List of Uncountable Nouns

(These are sample uncountable nouns only! There are many more.)
General:
 homework • silver • wood

• equipment • cotton • petrol
• luggage • glass • gasoline
• clothing • jewelery • baggage
• furniture • perfume • hair
• machinery • soap • traffic
• gold • paper
Abstract
• advice • news • intelligence
• help • patience • space
• fun • happiness • energy
• recreation • progress • laughter
• enjoyment • confidence • peace
• information • courage • pride
• knowledge • education
Food
• food • cheese • soup
• flour • toast • fish
• meat • pasta • fruit
• rice • spaghetti • salt
• cake • butter • tea
• bread • oil • coffee
• ice cream • honey
Weather
• thunder • sleet • hail

• lightning • ice • wind
• snow • heat • light
• rain • humidity • darkness
Languages
• English • Japanese • Russian
• Portuguese • Korean • Italian
• Hindi • Spanish • Hebrew
• Arabic • French • Chinese
Subjects/Fields
• mathematics • music • politics
• economics • photography • sociology
• physics • grammar • psychology
• ethics • chemistry • vocabulary
• civics • history • archaeology
• art • commerce • poetry
• architecture • engineering
Sports
• golf • soccer • rugby

• tennis • football • chess
• baseball • cricket • poker
• basketball • hockey • bridge
Activities
• swimming • reading • cooking

• walking • writing • sleeping
• driving • listening • studying
• jogging • speaking • working
Exercise 8
Countable and Uncountable Nouns Exercises. Is the underlined noun countable or
uncountable?
1. The children fell asleep quickly after a busy day of fun.

2. Be careful! The water is deep.
3. The parade included fire trucks and police cars.
4. We like the large bottles of mineral water.
5. My mother uses real butter in the cakes she bakes.
6. How many politicians does it take to pass a simple law?
7. Most kids like milk, but Joey hates it.
8. Most pottery is made of clay.
9. Michael can play several different musical instruments.
10. I was feeling so stressed that I ate an entire box of cookies.
Topic 4.b: Pronoun
 Pronoun is a word which is used instead of a noun.

Ex:
1. He is Raghu. Raghu is my friend. Raghu’s home is near my home. Raghu and I
both are in the same school.
2. He is Raghu. He is my friend. His home is near my home. He and I both are in the
same school.
In the first sentence the noun ‘Raghu’ is repeated for three times, instead of that
name the pronouns ‘he and his’ are used to give the same meaning. The words which are
used instead of nouns are called Pronouns.
There are nine types of pronoun

1. Personal Pronoun 6. Reciprocal pronoun
2. Possessive Pronoun 7. Emphatic pronoun
3. Reflexive Pronoun 8. Interrogative pronoun
4. Relative Pronoun 9. Indefinite pronoun
5. Demonstrative Pronoun
1. Personal Pronouns: Personal pronoun describes a particular person or thing or

group. Personal pronoun describes the person speaking (I, me, we, us), the person
spoken to (you), or the person or thing spoken about (he, she, it, they, him, her, them).
Person singular plural

 I Person I We
 II Person You You
 III Person He
She They
IT
Example.
 He helps poor.
The pronoun “he” in above sentence describes a person who helps poor.
Examples.
 She is intelligent  The teacher appreciated them.
 They are playing chess.  I met him yesterday.
 He sent me a letter.  He gave her a gift.
 It is raining.  Did you go to home?
 We love our country.
2. Possessive Pronouns: Possessive Pronoun indicates close possession or ownership

or relationship of a thing/person to another thing/person.
 I Person Mine Ours
 II Person Yours Yours
 III Person His
Her Theirs.
Its
Examples.
 That car is hers.  The car is ours not theirs.
 Your book is old. Mine is new.  I have lost my camera. May I use
 The pen on the table is mine. yours?
 The smallest cup is yours.  They received your letter. Did
 The voice is hers. you receive theirs?
3. Reflexive Pronoun: Reflexive pronoun describes noun when subject’s action affects
the subject itself.

 I Person Myself Ourselves
 II Person Yourself Yourselves
 III Person Himself
Herself Themselves.
Itself
Note: Reflexive pronouns always act as objects not subjects, and they require an
interaction between the subject and an object.
Examples:
 I looked at myself in the mirror.  He bought a car for himself.
 You should think about yourself.  He locked himself in the room.
 They prepared themselves for  He who loves only himself is a
completion. selfish.
 She pleases herself by think that
she will win the prize.
4. Reciprocal Pronouns: Reciprocal Pronouns are used when each of two or more
subjects reciprocate to the other. Or Reciprocal pronouns are used when two subjects
act in same way towards each other, or, more subjects act in same way to one another.
Example:
 Arun loves Geeta and Geeta loves Arun.
 we can say that Arun and Geeta love each other.
There are two reciprocal pronouns

 Each other
 One another.
Examples.
 John and Marry are talking to  Two boys were pushing each
each other. other.
 The students gave cards to one  The car and the bus collided with
another. each other.
 The people helped one another  The students in the class greeted
in hospital. one another.
5. Relative Pronouns: Relative Pronoun describes a noun which is mentioned before

and more information is to be given about it. Or Relative pronoun is a pronoun which
joins relative clauses and relative sentences.
For example: He is the person, who helped her.

In this sentence the word “who” is a relative pronoun which refers to the noun
(the person) which is already mentioned in beginning of sentence (It is the person) and
more information (he helped her) is given after using a relative pronoun (who) for the
noun (the person).
Similarly, in the above sentence the pronoun “who” joins two clauses which are “it is the
person” and “who helped her”.
Examples: The most commonly used five relative pronouns are, who, whom, whose,
which and that.
Note:
 “Who” is for subject and “whom” is used for object.
 “who” and “whom” are used for people.
 “Whose” is used to show possession and can be used for both people and things.
 “Which” is used for things.
 “That” is used for people and things.
Examples:
 It is the girl who got first position  It is the planning that makes
in class. succeed.
 Adjective is a word that modifies  The boy who is laughing is my
noun. friend.
 The man whom I met yesterday  It is the boy whose father is
is a nice person. doctor.
 The car which I like is red.
6. Interrogative Pronouns: the forms of interrogative and relative pronouns are

identical, but their functions are different: the former join clauses, the latter ask
questions, those are
‘Who, whom, Whose, Which, What’
Ex:
 Who discovered America?  What was in your bag then?
 Who did you invite for lunch?  Whom do you like?
 Who are you talking about?  Whose pen is this?
 Which card game do you like to
play?
7. Demonstrative Pronouns: Demonstrative pronoun is a pronoun that points to a
thing or things, those are ‘‘this, that, these and those’.
Note: These pronouns point to thing or things in short distance/time or long
distance/time.
 Short distance or time: This, these.

 Long distance or time: That, those.
Note: Demonstrative pronouns “this and that” are used for singular thing while “these or
those” are used for plural things.
Examples:  John brought these.

 This is black.  Those look attractive.
 That is heavy.  Have you tried this?
 Can you see these?
 Do you like this?
8. Emphatic pronoun: Emphatic pronouns are used for emphasis, those are
‘Myself, ourself, yourself, yourselves, himself, herself, itself and themselves’.
Ex:
 Lata herself finished the work.
 They met the coach himself.
 This work can be finished today itself.
9. Indefinite pronouns: these constitute a heterogenous set. One can go about

classifying them differently using different criteria, those are ‘someone, aomebody,
anybody, anything, little, less few, least, fewer, fewest, several, one’ etc….
Ex:
 There are fewer public holidays this year.
 One can’t live alone.
 One should respect one’s parents.
 I can challenge anybody.
 They are giving little much to the players.
 There are several note books in the room.
 None can do this.
Topic 4.c: Verbs
Verb is an action word. There are three forms in verbs.
QæAiÀiÁ¥ÀzÀªÀÅ PÉ®¸ÀªÀ£ÀÄß ¸ÀÆa¸ÀÄªÀ ±À§ÝªÁVzÉ. EzÀgÀ°è ¸ÁªÀiÁ£ÀåªÁV ªÀÄÆgÀÄ gÀÆ¥ÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß £ÉÆÃqÀÄvÉÛÃªÉ.
The nature of verb:

What does a verb tell?
1. It tells about what a person or a thing does.
Ex: Ravi learns English.
Kiran goes to the office early in the morning.
2. It tells what is done to a person or a thing.

Ex: Ravi blamed his friend.
The glass was broken into several pieces.
3. It tells what a person or thing is.

Ex: the water which is in the bottle is not pure.
He is good.
Kinds of verbs: Strong and weak verb
The distinction between a weak verb and a strong verb is based on how the past tense
of the verb is formed.
Weak verbs: (more commonly called regular verbs) form the past tense by adding -ed, -
d, or -t to the base form--or present tense form--of the verb (for example, call, called and
walk, walked).
Strong verbs: (usually called irregular verbs) form the past tense or the past participle
(or both) in various ways but most often by changing the vowel of the present tense
form (for example, give, gave and stick, stuck).
Examples of Common Strong Verbs (or Irregular Verbs) in English

arise, be, beat, become, begin, bend, bite, bleed, blow, break, bring, build, burst, buy,
cast, catch, choose, cling, come, cost, cut, deal, dig, dive, do, draw, drink, drive, eat, fall,
feed, feel, fight, find, fly, forget, freeze, get, give, go, grow, hang, have, hear, hide, hit,
hold, hurt, keep, kneel, knit, know, lay, leave, lend, let, lie, light, lose, make, mean, meet,
mow, pay, prove, put, read, rid, ride, rise, run, see, say, seek, sell, send, set, sew, shake,
shine, shoot, saw, show, shrink, shut, sing, sink, sit, sleep, slide, sling, slit, speak, speed,
spin, split, spread, spring, stand, steal, stick, sting, stink, strike, string, swear, sweep,
swell, swim, swing, take, teach, tear, tell, think, throw, thrust, wake, wear, weave, weep,
win, wind, write.
Examples of Common Weak Verbs (or Regular Verbs) in English

add, admire, admit, advise, afford, agree, allow, amuse, announce, annoy, answer,
approve, arrive, ask, attempt, attend, attract, avoid, bake, bathe, battle, beg, behave,
belong, bless, blink, blot, blush, boast, boil, bore, borrow, bounce, bow, box, brake,
breathe, bruise, brush, bump, burn, bury, buzz, call, care, carry, carve, challenge, change,
charge, chase, cheat, check, cheer, chew, chop, claim, clean, clear, close, collect,
command, compare, compete, complain, confess, confuse, connect, consider, consist,
contain, copy, correct, count, cover, crush, cry, cure, damage, dance, dare, deceive,
decide, delay, deliver, describe, deserve, disagree, disappear, disapprove, discover,
dislike, divide, double, doubt, dream, dress, drip, drop, drown, earn, employ, encourage,
end, enjoy, enter, entertain, escape, examine, excuse, exercise, exist, expect, explain, fail,
fasten, fetch, file, fill, fit, fix, float, fold, follow, force, fry, gather, glow, grab, greet, grin,
guard, guess, guide, hammer, handle, happen, harm, hate, haunt, heal, heat, help, hop,
hope, hug, hum, hunt, hurry, ignore, imagine, impress, improve, increase, influence,
inform, interrupt, introduce, invent, invite, irritate, jog, join, joke, judge, jump, kill, kiss,
knock, laugh, learn, lie, lighten, like, list, listen, live, load, lock, look, love, mark, marry,
match, mate, measure, melt, mend, miss, mix, move, murder, name, need, note, notice,
obey, obtain, occur, offend, offer, open, order, owe, own, pack, paint, park, pass, perform,
permit, pick, place, plan, play, point, possess, pour, practice, pray, precede, prefer,
prepare, preserve, press, prevent, print, produce, promise, protect, provide, pull, punish,
push, question, race, rain, reach, receive, record, reduce, refuse, reject, relax, release,
rely, remain, remember, remove, repair, repeat, replace, report, rescue, retire, return,
rinse, rob, rock, rub, rule, rush, sail, save, scare, scream, search, separate, serve, share,
shave, shiver, shop, skip, slap, slip, smell, smile, sneeze, snore, snow, spell, spoil, spray,
squeeze, stain, stare, start, stay, stir, stop, store, stretch, succeed, suffer, suggest, supply,
support, surprise, surround, talk, taste, tease, test, thank, tickle, tie, tip, touch, trace,
trade, trap, travel, treat, trick, trip. trust, try, turn, twist, unite, unlock, unpack, use, visit,
wait, walk, want, warn, wash, waste, watch, wave, whisper, whistle, wink, wipe, wish,
wonder, work, worry, wrap, yawn, yell.
Transitive and intransitive verbs
A transitive verb is one that is used with an object: a noun, phrase, or pronoun
that refers to the person or thing that is affected by the action of the verb.
 I admire your courage.
 We need to maintain product quality.
 I couldn’t face him today.
 She loves animals.
In the above sentences, admire, maintain, face, and love are transitive verbs.
Some transitive verbs can be used with a direct object and an indirect object:
 Lata brought her a glass of water.

Her:[indirect object]
A glass of water [direct object]
 He sent her a letter.

Her: [indirect object]
A letter: [direct object]
Here is a short list of some common verbs that can take a direct and indirect object:
Verb Example
Give Pat gave me a book for my birthday.
Buy Can I buy you a drink?
Pass Paul passed her a cup of coffee.
Make Shall I make us some lunch?
Sell Jenny was trying to sell me her car.
Take We took Maria some flowers and wine.
Show Show me your holiday photos.
Offer The company has offered me a job.
Leave Leave me a message and I’ll get back to you.
Wish Everyone wished us all the best for the future.
Lend Could you lend me £20?
Cost Ben’s mistake cost him his job.
Intransitive verbs
An intransitive verb does not have an object. In the following sentences, cry, work,
laugh, and talkare intransitive verbs:
 The baby was crying.
 I work for a large firm in Paris.
 They laughed uncontrollably.
 We talked for hours.
Transitive and intransitive verbs

Many verbs can be transitive or intransitive.
For example:
 The choir sang carols. [transitive]
 Pete always sings in the bath. [intransitive]
 She left London on June 6. [transitive]
 I want to leave early. [intransitive]
Here is a short list of some common verbs that can be transitive or intransitive:
 Move
Transitive: Could you move your car please?
Intransitive: The trees were moving in the breeze.
 Start
Transitive: Taylor was found guilty ofstarting the fire.
Intransitive: The match starts at 3 p.m.
 Change
Transitive: Marriage hasn’t changed her.
Intransitive: The area’s changed greatly in the last decade.
 Close
Transitive: Close your eyes; I’ve got a surprise for you.
Intransitive: Most shops here close at 5.30 p.m.
 Open
Transitive: Open the window; it’s too hot in here!
Intransitive: The museum opens at 10 a.m.
 Stop
Transitive Greg tried to stop her from leaving.
Intransitive When the rain stopped, we went for a walk.
 Do
Transitive: Have you done your coursework?
Intransitive: Joe’s doing well in his new job.
 Set
Transitive: Kate set a chair next to the bed.
Intransitive: The sun was setting and a red glow filled the sky.
 Run
Transitive: Michelle used to run a restaurant.
Intransitive: The path ran over the hill.
 Live
Transitive: Our cat lived till he was 10.
Intransitive: He was living a life of luxury abroad.
 Wash
Transitive: Have you washed your hands?
Intransitive: I washed, dressed, and went out.
 Write
Transitive: Write your name here.
Intransitive: Kevin couldn’t read or write.
Exercise 9
Indentify the following verbs are whether transitive, intransitive or both
1. The workmen have been painting for hours.
2. When they call from the charity, Mrs. Alpert always gives generously.
3. Before you send the proposal, make sure you edit it carefully.
4. That perfume smells nice.
5. My new car cost me a small fortune.
6. Jim owed his landlord $450.
7. Pete emigrated from Australia in 1998.
8. The customer was tired of waiting, so he got up and left.
9. Are you sure you want to paint the ceiling too?
10. Please take the documents over to Mrs. Samuels’ office.
List of verbs with their meanings.
Present forms Kannada Past Forms Past Participle

(Base forms) V1 V2 Forms V3
Abide ¤jÃQë¸ÀÄ Abode Abode
Awake JZÀÑj¸ÀÄ Awoke Awoken
Be EgÀÄ Was Been
Begin DgÀA©ü¸ÀÄ Began Begun
Bind PÀlÄÖ Bound Bound
Blow HzÀÄ Blew Blown
Bite PÀZÀÄÑ / PÀr Bit Bitten
Bleed gÀPÀÛ¸ÀÄj¸ÀÄ Bled Bled
Break ªÀÄÄj Broke Broken
Bring vÀgÀÄ Brought Brought
Buy RjÃ¢¸ÀÄ Bought Bought
Catch »r Caught Caught
Choose Dj¸ÀÄ Chose Chosen
Come ¨Á Came Come
Dig vÉÆÃqÀÄ Dug Dug
Do ªÀiÁqÀÄ Did Done
Draw J¼É Drew Drawn
Drink PÀÄr Drank Drunk
Drive ZÁ®£ÉªÀiÁqÀÄ Drove Driven
Eat w£ÀÄß Ate Eaten
Fall ©Ã¼ÀÄ Fell Fallen
Feel ¨sÁ«¸ÀÄ Felt Felt
Fight ºÉÆqÉzÁqÀÄ Fought Fought
Fly ºÁgÀÄ Flew Flown
Flee ªÀÄgÉAiÀiÁUÀÄ Fled Fled
Forgive PÀë«Ä¸ÀÄ Forgave Forgotten
Give PÉÆqÀÄ Gave Given
Get ¥ÀqÉ Got Got
Go ºÉÆÃUÀÄ Went Gone
Have ºÉÆAzÀÄ Had Had
Hang £ÉÃvÀÄºÁPÀÄ Hung Hung
Hear PÉÃ¼ÀÄ Heard Heard
Hide ªÀÄÄaÑqÀÄ Hid Hidden
Keep ElÄÖPÉÆ Kept Kept
Know UÉÆvÀÄÛ Knew Known
Lead ªÀÄÄ£ÀßqÉ¸ÀÄ Led Led
Lie ¸ÀÄ¼ÀÄîºÉÃ¼ÀÄ Lay Lain
Light ¨É¼ÀPÀÄ ºÉÆwÛ¸ÀÄ Lit Lit
Lose PÀ¼ÉzÀÄPÉÆ¼ÀÄî Lost Lost
Make ªÀiÁqÀÄ Made Made
Meet ¨sÉÃnAiÀiÁUÀÄ Met Met
Ride ¸ÀªÁjªÀiÁqÀÄ Rode Made
Rise GzÀ¬Ä¸ÀÄ Rose Risen
Ring ¨Áj¸ÀÄ / jAUÀtÂ¸ÀÄ Rang Rung
Run NqÀÄ Ran Run
Seek ºÀÄqÀÄPÀÄ Sought Sought
See £ÉÆÃqÀÄ Saw Seen
Shine ºÉÆ¼É Shone Shone
Sing ºÁqÀÄ Sang Sung
Sink ªÀÄÄ¼ÀÄUÀÄ Sank Sunk
Slay ªÀ¢ü¸ÀÄ / ¸ÀAºÀj¸ÀÄ Slew Slain
Speed ªÉÃUÀUÉÆ½¸ÀÄ Sped Sped
Spin £ÀÆ®ÄvÉUÉ Span Spun
Spit GUÀÄ¼ÀÄ Spat Spat
Spring £ÉUÉ / ¯ÁAX¸ÀÄ Sprang Sprung
Shake C¯Áèr¸ÀÄ Shook Shaken
Steal PÀ¢ / PÀ¼ÀÄªÀÅªÀiÁqÀÄ Stole Stolen
Stick ºÀwÛPÉÆ / CAn¸ÀÄ Stuck Stuck
Sell ªÀiÁgÀÄ Sold Sold
Speak ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀÄ Spoke Spoken
Strive ¥ÀæAiÀÄwß¸ÀÄ / ¸Ét¸ÀÄ Strove Striven
Swear DuÉªÀiÁqÀÄ Swore Sworn
Swing N¯Ár¸ÀÄ / vÀÆUÁqÀÄ Swang Swung
Take vÉUÉzÀÄPÉÆ Thought Thought
Think «ZÁgÀªÀiÁqÀÄ Threw Thrown
Throw J¸É Threw Thrown
Tell ºÉÃ¼ÀÄ Told Told
Wear zsÀj¸ÀÄ Wore Worn
Weave £ÉÃAiÀÄÄ / Wove Woven
£ÉÃAiÉÄÎªÀiÁqÀÄ
Wind UÁ½©Ã¸ÀÄ Wound Wound
Wring ªÀÄÄjwgÀÄªÀÅ / Wrung Wrung
MqÀªÀÄÄj
Win UÉ®Äè Won Won
Write §gÉ Wrote Written
Present forms Kannada Past Forms Past Participle

(Base forms) V1 V2 Forms V3
Abridge ¸ÀAPÉëÃ¦¸ÀÄ Abridged Abridged
Arm ±À¸ÀÛçzÀs j¸ÀÄ Armed Armed
Ask PÉÃ¼ÀÄ Asked Asked
Banish UÀr¥ÁgÀÄªÀiÁqÀÄ Banished Banished
Blame zÀÆgÀÄ Blamed Blamed
Call PÀgÉ Called Called
Change §zÀ°¸ÀÄ Changed Changed
Complete ¥ÀÆtðUÉÆ½¸ÀÄ Completed Completed
Cross zÁlÄ Crossed Crossed
Cure ªÁ¹ªÀiÁqÀÄ Cured Cured
Dance £Àwð¸ÀÄ Danced Danced
Earn UÀ½¸ÀÄ Earned Earned
Face JzÀÄj¸ÀÄ Faced Faced
Follow »A¨Á°¸ÀÄ Followed Followed
Gain UÀ½¸ÀÄ / ¥ÀqÉzÀÄPÉÆ Gained Gained
Kill PÉÆ®Äè Killed Killed
Look £ÉÆÃqÀÄ Looked Looked
Listen D°¸ÀÄ Listened Listened
Move ZÀ°¸ÀÄ Moved Moved
Neglect PÀqÉUÀtÂ¸ÀÄ Neglected Neglected
Observe «ÃQë¸ÀÄ / CªÀ¯ÉÆÃQ¸ÀÄ Observed Observed
Point UÀÄjEqÀÄ Pointed Pointed
Pass zÁn¸ÀÄ Passed Passed
Require C¥ÉÃQë¸ÀÄ Required Required
Return ªÀÄgÀ½¸ÀÄ Returned Returned
Relate ¸ÀA§A¢ü¸ÀÄ Related Related
Seem vÉÆÃgÀÄ / PÁtÄ Seemed Seemed
Settle £É¯ÉUÉÆ½¸ÀÄ Settled Settled
Save G½¸ÀÄ / gÀQë¸ÀÄ Saved Saved
Turn wgÀÄV¸ÀÄ Turned Turned
Vanish £À²¸ÀÄ / CzÀÈ±ÀåªÁV¸ÀÄ Vanished Vanished
Work PÉ®¸ÀªÀiÁqÀÄ Worked Worked
Yawn DPÀ½¸ÀÄ. Yawned Yawned
Topic 4.d: Adverb
An adverb means what?
Adverb is the word which is used to say something about an action or work, for ex:
1. She attends the classes.

2. She attends the classes regularly.
In the second sentence the word ‘regularly’ is used to say something about the action
‘attends’.
The nature of adverb:
An adverb does what?
1. An adverb describes a verb.
Ex:
• The tourist looked carefully at the antique before she bought it.
• She spoke loudly to the crowd on women's issues.
• Their parents often go to the cinema.
• She reluctantly agreed to his proposals.
• Your fat uncle accidentally knocked my vase of fresh flowers over.
Note: in the above sentences the adverbs carefully, loudly, often, reluctantly and
accidentally describe the verbs ‘looked, spoke, go, agreed and knocked’.
2. An adverb describes an adjective.
Ex:
 Lata is enough strong.
 Those children are too naughty.
 Mr. Manojkumar is more handsome than his brother Raghuram.
Note: in the above sentences the adverbs ‘enough, too and more’ describe the
adjectives ‘strong, naughty and handsome’.
3. An adverb describes an adverb also.
Ex:
 They speak English quite fluently.
 Our children write little legibly.
 They are working enough hard
Note: in the above sentences the adverbs ‘quite, little and enough’ describe the
adverbs ‘fluently, legibly and hard’.
Kinds of adverbs:
1) Adverbs of Time: These adverbs answer the question ‘when’.
Examples are: tomorrow, today, yesterday, now, then, never, soon, already, ago, formerly,
lately etc.
 We are late.  I will soon return.
 She died two years ago.  He will come tomorrow.
 I wrote to him yesterday.  I have warned him already.
 Have you seen him before?  I haven’t read anything lately.
 May I leave now?
2) Adverbs of Place: These adverbs answer the question ‘where’.
Examples are: here, there, upstairs, downstairs, everywhere, nowhere, in, out,
inside, away.
 We have been living here for  They went upstairs.

several years.  May I come in?
 I searched for  She came forward.
him everywhere.  I decided to go there.
3) Adverbs of Frequency: These adverbs answer the question ‘how often’.

Examples are: again, frequently, always, seldom, hardly, often, once etc.
 They were almost fifty when they  We only write to each other very
got married. occasionally.
 He hardly ever says something nice  Peter seldom reads the Bible.
to his wife.  Sometimes he stays late in the office
 While overseas, he frequently to complete his work.
phoned home.  Our cat was bitten twice by the same
 She is not nearly always right dog.
although she thinks she is always  The man usually proposes marriage.
right.  You are always welcome.
 He complained that she never I have gone there only once.
smiled back. We visit them frequently.
I often go there.
4) Adverbs of Number: These adverbs answer the question ‘in what order’.
Examples are: firstly, secondly, lastly, once, never, twice etc.
 I have seen him only once.
 Secondly, I can’t afford to buy it.
 He did it for twice.
 I congratulate firstly my brother for his big achievement.
5) Adverbs of Manner: These adverbs answer the question ‘in what manner’.
Examples are: slowly, carefully, terribly, seriously, well, pleasantly, really, thus etc.
 The soldiers fought bravely.  He is seriously ill.

 Walk carefully.  She was pleasantly surprised.
 I was terribly upset.  She can speak English well.
6) Adverbs of Degree or Quantity: These adverbs answer the question ‘how

much’ or ‘in what degree’.
Examples are: much, very, fully, partly, little, enough, so, rather etc.
 He is quite strong.  This is good enough.

 She is very beautiful.  You are absolutely right.
 I am fully prepared.  He is entirely wrong.
 My work is almost finished.  He was rather busy.
7) Adverbs of reason: These adverbs answer the question ‘why’.
Examples are: therefore, hence, thus, consequently etc.
 He did not work hard, therefore, he failed.

 Consequently he refused to come.
 He therefore left school.
 He is hence unable to repay the loan.
8) Adverbs of Affirmation or Negation

Examples are: surely, yes, no, certainly etc.
 I do not know him.

 We will certainly help you.
 Surely you are mistaken.
List of adverbs
A briefly daintily
brightly dearly
abnormally
briskly deceivingly
absentmindedly
broadly delightfully
accidentally
busily deeply
acidly
defiantly
actually C
deliberately
adventurously calmly
delightfully
afterwards carefully
diligently
almost carelessly
dimly
always cautiously
doubtfully
angrily certainly
dreamily
annually cheerfully
anxiously clearly E
arrogantly cleverly easily
awkwardly closely elegantly
coaxingly energetically
B
colorfully enormously
badly commonly enthusiastically
bashfully continually equally
beautifully coolly especially
bitterly correctly even
bleakly courageously evenly
blindly crossly eventually
blissfully cruelly exactly
boastfully curiously excitedly
boldly extremely
D
bravely
daily
F I loosely
fairly immediately lovingly
faithfully innocently loudly
famously inquisitively loyally
far instantly
M
fast intensely
madly
fatally intently
majestically
ferociously interestingly
meaningfully
fervently inwardly
mechanically
fiercely irritably
merrily
fondly
J miserably
foolishly
jaggedly mockingly
fortunately
jealously monthly
frankly
joshingly more
frantically
joyfully mortally
freely
joyously mostly
frenetically
jovially mysteriously
frightfully
jubilantly
fully N
judgementally
furiously naturally
justly
nearly
G
K neatly
generally
keenly needily
generously
kiddingly nervously
gently
kindheartedly never
gladly
kindly nicely
gleefully
kissingly noisily
gracefully
knavishly not
gratefully
knottily
greatly O
knowingly
greedily obediently
knowledgeably
obnoxiously
H kookily
oddly
happily
L offensively
hastily
officially
healthily lazily
often
heavily less
only
helpfully lightly
openly
helplessly likely
optimistically
highly limply
overconfidently
honestly lively
owlishly
hopelessly loftily
hourly longingly P
hungrily
painfully rigidly tenderly
partially roughly tensely
patiently rudely terribly
perfectly thankfully
S
physically thoroughly
playfully sadly thoughtfully
politely safely tightly
poorly scarcely tomorrow
positively scarily too
potentially searchingly tremendously
powerfully sedately triumphantly
promptly seemingly truly
properly seldom truthfully
punctually selfishly
U
separately
Q
seriously ultimately
quaintly shakily unabashedly
quarrelsomely sharply unaccountably
queasily sheepishly unbearably
queerly shrilly unethically
questionably shyly unexpectedly
questioningly silently unfortunately
quicker sleepily unimpressively
quickly slowly unnaturally
quietly smoothly unnecessarily
quirkily softly utterly
quizzically solemnly upbeat
solidly upliftingly
R
sometimes upright
rapidly soon upside-down
rarely speedily upward
readily stealthily upwardly
really sternly urgently
reassuringly strictly usefully
recklessly successfully uselessly
regularly suddenly usually
reluctantly surprisingly utterly
repeatedly suspiciously
V
reproachfully sweetly
restfully swiftly vacantly
righteously sympathetically vaguely
rightfully vainly
T
valiantly warmly Y
vastly weakly
yawningly
verbally wearily
yearly
very well
yearningly
viciously wetly
yesterday
victoriously wholly
yieldingly
violently wildly
youthfully
vivaciously willfully
voluntarily wisely Z
woefully
wonderfully zealously
worriedly zestfully
W
wrongly zestily
Topic 4.e: Adjective
Adjectives are words that are used to describe (what kind of?) nouns and
pronouns and to quantify (how much of?) and identify (which one?) them. In simple,
Adjectives are what define nouns and give them characteristics to differentiate them
from other nouns.
Ex: He was wearing a blue shirt.

Here ‘blue’ is an adjective as it is describing the noun ‘shirt’ by answering the
question ‘what kind of shirt?’
Ex: There are seven rooms in the house.

Here ‘Seven’ is also an adjective as it’s telling the quantity/the number of the
noun ‘rooms’, answering the question ‘how many rooms?’.
There are different types of adjectives based upon their effect on a noun and
what do they tell about the noun.
1. Adjectives of Quality - These adjectives are used to describe the nature of a noun. They
give an idea about the characteristics of the noun by answering the question ‘what kind’.
Honest, Kind, Large, Bulky, Beautiful, Ugly etc.
Ex:
 New Delhi is a large city.  He gave a stupid idea.

 Sheila is a beautiful woman.  Radha is beautiful but her sister
 It’s a bulky book. is ugly.
 He is a great man.  He is poor but honest.
2. Adjectives of Quantity - These adjectives help to show the amount or the approximate
amount of the noun or pronoun. These adjectives do not provide exact numbers; rather
they tell us the amount of the noun in relative or whole terms.
All, Half, Many, Few, Little, No, Enough, Great etc.
Ex:
 They have finished most of the  She has no money.

rice.  They need enough food for their
 Many people came to visit the workers.
fair.  They took great care of their
 I want little rice. children.
 All are in the classroom.
3. Adjectives of Number - These adjectives are used to show the number of nouns and
their place in an order. There are three different sections within adjectives of number;
they are -
A. Definite Numeral Adjective - Those which clearly denote an exact number of nouns or
the order of the noun.
 One, Two, Twenty, Thirty-Three etc. (also known as Cardinals).

 First, Second, Third, Seventh etc. (also known as Ordinals).
Ex: for cardinals.
 I need one pen and two books.

 There are twenty five members.
 Its price is 450 Rs.
Ex: for ordinals.

 Mr. Raghu got the first prize but his brother got the third prize.
 The second prize goes to Raghuram.
 They are going to celebrate the 25th birthday of their son.
B. Indefinite Numeral Adjective - Those adjectives that do not give an exact numerical
amount but just give a general idea of the amount.
Some, Many, Few, Any, Several, All etc.
Ex:
 There were many people present at the meeting.

 Some are having fun.
 Anyone can do it.
C. Distributive Numeral Adjective - Those adjectives that are used to refer to individual
nouns within the whole amount.
Either, Neither, Each, Another, Other etc.
Ex:
 Taxes have to be paid by every employed citizen.

 None of those people is better.
 None of them are reading.
 Either of your brothers is missing somewhere.
 Neither of the players has arrived to the ground.
4. Demonstrative Adjectives - These adjectives are used to point out or indicate a

particular noun or pronoun using the adjectives - This, That, These and Those.
Ex:
 That bag belongs to Manoj.

 Try using this paintbrush in art class.
 I really like those shoes.
 These flowers are lovely.
5. Interrogative Adjectives - These adjectives are used to ask questions about nouns or in
relation to nouns, they are - Where, What, Which and Whose.
Ex:
 Where did he say he was going?

 What assignment did I miss out on?
 Which is your favorite author?
 Whose pen is this?
6) Possessive Adjective: Possessive Adjective is the adjective which is used to point out
the noun that belongs to someone and there are seven Possessive Adjectives. They are
My, Your, Our, Their, His, Her and Its.
Ex:
 This is my book.  They got her bag.

 Your car is outside.  His bike is better than their bikes.
Categories of adjectives
The following are the fifteen major categories of meaning that are expressed with
English adjectives. A few examples are listed for each category, but there are several
more possibilities.
1. Color:
blue, red, green, brown, yellow, black, white, purple, pink, etc...
2. Size:
big, huge, immense, enormous, mammoth, massive, vast, large, wide, spacious, small,
little, tiny, high, long, tall, low , short, same as, gigantic, teeny, petite, scrawny, etc...
3. Shape:
round (a ball), circle (a door knob), triangular, rectangular (a flag), square (a cake), oval
(an egg), broad, curved, flat, etc...
4. Feelings:
happy, glad, beatific, blissful, cheerful, chirpy, content, pleased, satisfied, delighted,
ecstatic , exalted, elated, sad, bereft, blue, broken, broken-hearted, broody, bruised,
broody, careworn, deflated, dark, demoralized, depressed, desolate, despondent,
disaffected, disappointed, disconsolate, discouraged, dismal, disillusioned, disheartened,
dismayed, displeased, dissatisfied, distressed, distraught, doleful, down, downcast,
downhearted, forlorn, tender, angry, excited, envious, embarrassed, frightened, etc...
5. Qualities And Appearance:

good, excellent, brilliant ,splendid, fantastic, magnificent, bad, terrible, awesome, awful,
nice, beautiful, pretty, gorgeous, cute, glamorous, elegant, good-looking, handsome, ugly,
unsightly, right, wrong, funny, amusing, entertaining, light, heavy, fat, stout, thin, slim,
clean, dirty, filthy, straight, noisy, quiet, still, tranquil, calm, powerful, nutritious,
adorable, adventurous, aggressive, alert, attractive, bloody, blushing, colorful, exciting,
graceful, grotesque, drab, dull, homely, plain, precious, sparkling, fragile, frail, weak,
strong, doubtful, bewildered, confused, puzzled, cautious, careful, concerned, innocent,
guilty, crazy, silly, stupid, foolish, clumsy, intelligent, clever, cunning, shy, timid, rich,
poor, wild, defiant, courageous, brave, helpful, helpless, unhelpful, etc...
6. Condition:
important, principal, paramount, famous, notorious, fictitious, real, true, false,
imaginary, alive, dead, odd, weird, unusual, strange, outstanding, impossible,
improbable, easy, difficult, closed, open, etc...
7. Quantity:
one, two, three, first, second, third, ... abundant, empty, heavy, light, numerous,
substantial, significant, insignificant etc...
8. Weather And Temperature:

cold, warm, hot, cool, rainy, windy snowy, foggy, sunny, cloudy, stormy, frozen, etc...
9. Time:
late, early, punctual, behindhand, delayed, ill-timed, premature, tardy, unearthly,
modern, traditional, old-fashioned, young, old, new, slow, swift, quick, rapid, brief, short,
long, etc...
10. Nationality And Origin:

American, Mexican, Moroccan,, African, Martian, etc...
11. Material:
wooden, woolen, cottony, fibrous, metallic, bronze, etc...
12. Age:
old, ancient, aged, senile, elderly, ageless, overage, young, juvenile, adolescent, teenage,
underage, youthful, etc...
13. Purpose:
(These adjectives usually end in /ing) sleeping bag, frying pan, swinging door, time-
saving gadget, driving license, etc...
14. Taste/Touch:
bitter, delicious, fresh, juicy, ripe, rotten, salty, sour, spicy, stale, sticky, sweet, tart,
tasteless, tasty, thirsty, fluttering, fuzzy, greasy, grubby, hard, hot, icy, loose, melted,
plastic, prickly, rough, scattered, shaggy, shaky, sharp, shivering, silky, slimy, slippery,
smooth, soft, solid, steady, sticky, tight, uneven, weak, wet, wooden, yummy, boiling,
etc...
15. Sound:
cooing, deafening, faint, harsh, high-pitched, hissing, hushed, husky, loud, melodic,
moaning, mute, noisy, purring, quiet, raspy, resonant, screeching, shrill, silent, soft,
squealing, thundering, voiceless, whispering, etc...
Topic 4.f: Prepositions.
A preposition is a word usually used with a noun or pronoun to show place, time,
cause, purpose, movement, relationship etc…..
Ex:
 I am in the room. (Place)
 The bag is in the box. (Place)
 The train arrives at 11.15. (Time)
 He was born in 1983. (Time)
 The players are practicing because they have a match. (Cause)
 Our students worked hard so they got success. (Purpose)
 He went through the window. (Movement)
 He jumped into the well. (Movement)
 He is the father of Raghu. (Relationship)
 The button of the fan. (Relationship)
List of prepositions with PÀ£ÀßqÀ meaning
Sl.No Prepositions (English) Prepositions (PÀ£ÀßqÀ)

1 At PÀqÉUÉ, C°è, EAzÀ
2 As ºÁUÉ, DUÀ, CAzÀgÉ ¸ÀºÀ
3 Amid §qÀÄªÉ, ªÀÄzsÀå
4 About ¸ÀÄvÀÛªÀÄÄvÀÛ, PÀÄjvÀÄ, ¸ÀÄªÀiÁgÀÄ
5 Above ªÉÄÃ¯É, «ÄÃj, ºÉZÀÄÑ
6 After vÀgÀÄªÁAiÀÄ, £ÀAvÀgÀ, §½PÀ, DªÉÄÃ¯É.
7 Across zÁn, CqÀØ¯ÁV
8 Along MA¢UÉ, MnÖUÉ, ¸ÀAUÀqÀ
9 Among ªÀÄzsÀå, M¼ÀUÉ, £ÀqÀÄªÉ.
10 Around ¸ÀÄvÀÛ, ¸ÀÄvÀÛ®Æ, J®è PÀqÉUÀÆ.
11 Against «gÀÄzsÀÝªÁV, JzÀÄgÁV, JzÀÄjUÉ
12 By ºÀwÛgÀ,
13 But DzÀgÉ.
14 Before ªÀÄÄAZÉ, ªÉÆzÀ®Ä, ªÉÆzÀ¯ÉÃ
15 Behind »AzÉ,
16 Below PÉ¼ÀUÉ,
17 Beneath CrAiÀÄ°è, PÉ¼ÀUÉ.
18 Barring ºÉÆgÀvÀÄ, ©lÄÖ.
19 Beside ¥ÀPÀÌzÀ°è, ºÀwÛgÀ, CzÀ®èzÉ.
20 Besides C®èzÉ, E£ÀÆß, CzÀ®èzÉ.
21 Between ªÀÄzsÀå, £ÀqÀÄªÉ, M¼ÀUÉ.
22 Beyond DZÉ, ¥ÀPÀÌzÀ°è, CvÀÛPÀqÉ.
23 Concerning «µÀAiÀÄªÁV, ¸ÀA§AzsÀzÀ°è.
24 Considering UÀt£ÉUÉ vÉUÉzÀÄPÉÆAqÀgÉ, ¥ÀjUÀtÂ¹zÀgÉ.
25 Down PÉ¼ÀUÉ,
26 During PÁ®zÀ°è, DUÀ, £ÀqÀÄªÉ, ªÀÄzsÀå
27 Despite PÁzÀgÀÆ, «gÉÆÃzsÀ«zÀÝgÀÆ, ¥Àæw§AzsÀPÀ«zÀÝgÀÆ
28 Except ºÉÆgÀvÀÄ, G½zÀÄ, «£Á¬Äw.
29 Excluding ºÉÆgÀvÀÄ¥Àr¹, ¸ÉÃj¸ÀzÉ, ©lÄÖ
30 For UÉ, PÉÌ, PÁÌV, N¸ÀÌgÀ, EAzÀ, ¤«ÄvÀÛ,
31 From EAzÀ, zÉ¸É¬ÄAzÀ, EAzÀ »rzÀÄ, PÀqÉ¬ÄAzÀ
32 Following ªÀÄÄA¢£À, ªÀÄÄAzÉ ºÉÃ¼ÀÄªÀ, ªÀÄÄAzÉ §gÀÄªÀ.
33 In M¼ÀUÉ, C°è.
34 Into M¼ÀUÀqÉ,
35 Inside M¼ÀUÀqÉ, M¼À¨sÁUÀzÀ°è.
36 Including CzÀÆ ¸ÉÃj,
37 Like CAvÉ, ºÁV.
38 Near ºÀwÛgÀ, ¥ÀPÀÌ
39 Of gÀ, EAzÀ, PÀqÉUÉ, PÁÌV, JA§, PÀÄjvÀÄ.
40 Off EAzÀ, zÀÆgÀPÉÌ, PÉ¼ÀPÉÌ, ªÉÄÃ®PÉÌ.
41 On ªÉÄÃ¯É, °è, UÉ, PÉÌ.
42 Onto ªÉÄÃ¯É.
43 Over ªÉÄÃ¯É
44 Opposite «gÀÄzsÀÝªÁV
45 Out ºÉÆgÀUÉ.
46 Outside ºÉÆgÀUÀqÉ, ºÉÆgÀ¨sÁUÀzÀ°è.
47 Past PÀ¼ÉzÀ, »A¢£À.
48 Round ¸ÀÄvÀÛ.
49 Regarding ¸ÀA§A¢ü¹zÀAvÉ.
50 Since EAzÀ, PÁgÀt¢AzÀ.
51 To UÉ,PÉÌ,PÁÌV, QÌAvÀ.
52 Till ªÀgÀUÀÄ, ªÀgÉUÀÆ, vÀ£ÀPÀ
53 Through ªÀÄÆ®PÀ
54 Toward PÀqÉUÉ, C©üªÀÄÄRªÁV
55 Towards gÀ,PÀqÉUÉ, GzÉÝÃ±ÀPÁÌV.
56 Than QÌAvÀ,VAvÀ.
57 Throughout GzÀÝPÀÆÌ, ¥Àæw¨sÁUÀzÀ°è.
58 Up ªÉÄÃ¯É, ªÉÄÃ®PÉÌ.
59 Upon ªÉÄÃ¯É.
60 Under PÉ¼ÀUÉ, PÉ¼ÀUÀqÉ.
61 Underneath PÉ¼À¨sÁUÀ, PÉ¼ÀUÀqÉ, PÉ¼ÀUÉ.
62 Until ªÀgÉUÀÆ, vÀ£ÀPÀ.
63 Unlike ºÁUÀ®èzÉ, C¸ÀªÀiÁ£À, ¸ÀªÀiÁ£ÀªÁV®èzÀ.
64 With eÉÆvÉUÉ, MnÖUÉ, ¸ÀAUÀqÀ, eÉÆvÉAiÀÄ°è.
65 Within M¼ÀUÉ, CµÀÖgÉÆ¼ÀUÉ.
66 Without ºÉÆgÀvÁV.
67 In case of MAzÀÄªÉÃ¼É.
68 In front of JzÀÄjUÉ, ªÀÄÄAzÉ
69 In back of »AzÉ, »AzÀÄUÀqÉ.
70 In lieu of §zÀ¯ÁV.
71 In consequence of ¥ÀjuÁªÀÄªÁV, ¥ÀgÁåªÀ¸À£À¢AzÀ.
72 In course of PÀæªÉÄÃt, vÀgÀÄªÁAiÀÄ, PÁ¯Á£ÀAvÀgÀ.
73 In favour of C£ÀÄPÀÆ®PÁÌV, ¥ÀPÀëªÁV.
74 In place of ¸ÀÜ¼ÀzÀ°è, ¸ÀÜ¼ÀPÉÌ.
75 In view of D PÁgÀt¢AzÀ, CzÀPÁÌV.
76 In the event of MAzÀÄ ¥ÀPÀë, ¸ÀAzsÀ¨sÀðzÀ°è.
77 Instead of §zÀ¯ÁV.
78 Inspite of DzÀgÀÆ PÀÆqÀ.
79 Irrespective of UÀt£ÉUÉ vÉUÉzÀÄPÉÆ¼ÀîzÉ.
80 Because of DzÀÄzÀjAzÀ, KPÉAzÀgÉ.
81 By means of D ªÀÄÆ®PÀ, ªÀÄÄSÁAxÀgÀ.
82 By didn’t of ªÀÄÆ®PÀ, ªÀiÁrzÀÝjAzÀ.
83 By reason of D PÁgÀt¢AzÀ.
84 On behalf of ¥ÀgÀªÁV.
85 Out of DzÀjAzÀ.
86 Ahead of ªÀÄÄAavÀªÁV, ªÀÄÄAzÁV.
87 As of EzÀÝAvÉ.
88 Up to ªÀÄlÖPÉÌ, ªÀgÉUÉ.
89 Due to UÁV.
90 Next to CªÀ¤VAvÀ, CzÀQÌAvÀ.
91 According to CzÀgÀAvÉ.
92 Agreeably to M¦àPÉÆ¼ÀÄîªÀ.
93 Owing to PÁgÀt¢AzÀ, ¥ÀæAiÀÄÄPÀÛ.
94 In order to C£ÀÄ¸ÁgÀªÁV
95 In addition to ¸ÉÃj¹zÀAvÉ, ºÉÆA¢PÉÆAqÀÄ.
96 In comparison to ºÉÆÃ°¹zÀgÉ
97 In regard to «µÀAiÀÄzÀ°è.
98 With regard to ¸ÀA§AzsÀªÁV.
99 With reference to ¸ÀA§AzsÀªÁV PÀÄjvÀÄ.
100 With an eye to UÀªÀÄ£À«j¹, zÀÈ¶Ö¬ÄAzÀ
101 With a view to GzÉÝÃ±ÀPÁÌV, ¸ÁzsÀ£ÀªÁV.
102 Along with MA¢UÉ, eÉÆvÉAiÀÄ°è.
103 Incompliance with C£ÀÄ¸ÁgÀªÁV, ªÉÄÃgÉUÉ.
104 In accordance with C£ÀÄ¸ÁgÀªÁX, C£ÀÄUÀÄtªÁV.
105 Apart from ºÉÆgÀvÁV, ©lÄÖ, ¥ÀævÁåPÀªÁV.
106 Aside from ¥ÀPÀÌ¢AzÀ, ¥ÀPÀÌzÀQÌ, zÁj©lÄÖ.
107 Away from zÀÆgÀ¢AzÀ, zÀÆgÀzÀ°è.
108 As from EAzÀ, CzÀjAzÀ.
Some important prepositions with pictures.

1. 2.
1) Behind: The rabbit is behind the box. 2) Before: The rabbit is before the
box.
3) 4)
3) In: The rabbit is in the box. 4) Beside: The rabbit is beside the
box.
5) 6)
5) Over: The rabbit is over the box. 6) Between: The rabbit is between
the boxes.
7) 8)
7) Under: The rabbit is under the table. 8) On: The rabbit is on the table.
1) 2)
1) Around: The plane is flying around the cloud. 2) Over: The plane is flying
over the
Cloud.
3) 4)
3) Past: The plane is flying past the cloud 4) Through: The plane is flying
through the cloud
5) 6)
5) Under: The plane is flying under the cloud 6) Down: The girl is coming down.
7) 8)
7) Up: The boy is going up. 8) Off: the man jumped off the bridge.
9) 10)
9) Onto: The man jumped onto the bridge. 10) Across: The man is
running across the bridge.
11) 12)
11) Into: He is going into the cave. 12) Out of: He is coming out of the
cave.
13) 14)
13) Towards: The hunter is going towards 14) Away from: The hunter is
the dragon. running away from the dragon

List and usages of prepositions with meaning and examples in English.
The preposition: Above

1. Over
Ex: The sun is above the clouds.
2. higher than
Ex:A field marshel is above a general in rank.
3. greater in number/ value etc. Ex:The workers are above 5 in number

1) ¸ÀÆgÀå£ÀÄ ªÉÆÃqÀUÀ¼À ªÉÄÃ°zÁÝ£É.
2) ¦üÃ¯ïØ ªÀiÁµÀð¯ï£ÀÄ M§â d£ÀgÀ¯ïVAvÀ ±ÉæÃtÂAiÀÄ°è ªÉÄÃ°gÀÄvÁÛ£É.
3) 5 QÌAvÀ ºÉZÀÄÑ PÉ®¸ÀUÁgÀgÀÄ EzÁÝgÉ.
The preposition: Across

1. from one side to the other
Ex:It’s dangerous to run across the road.
2.On the other side of
Ex:Their building is something across the Haliyal road.
1) gÀ¸ÉÛUÉ CqÀØªÁV NqÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ C¥ÁAiÀÄPÁjAiÀiÁVzÉ.
2) CªÀgÀ PÀlÖqÀªÀÅ ºÀ½AiÀiÁ¼À gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀÄ°èzÉ.
The preposition: After

1. Following something
Ex: The boy ran after the ball.
2. Later than
Ex: I’ll phone you after lunch
3. Sequence
Ex: B comes after A in alphabetical order.
4. Continuous work
Ex: He catches the same train to go to his office day after day.
The preposition: After
1) ºÀÄqÀÄUÀ£ÀÄ ZÉAr£À »AzÉ ºÉÆÃzÀ£ÀÄ.
2) £Á£ÀÄ gÁwæ HlªÀiÁrzÀ £ÀAvÀgÀ ¤£ÀUÉ PÀgÉ ªÀiÁqÀÄªÉ£ÀÄ.
3) CPÀëgÀªÀiÁ¯ÉAiÀÄ°è ‘©’ AiÀÄÄ ‘J’ zÀ £ÀAvÀgÀ §gÀÄvÀÛzÉ.
4) ¢£Á®Æ CªÀ£ÀÄ vÀ£Àß PÀbÉÃjUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ®Ä ¤AiÀÄ«ÄvÀªÁV MAzÉÃ GV§AqÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß §¼À¸ÀÄvÁÛ£É.
The preposition: Against

1 .in opposition to
Ex:Stealing is against the law.
2. In contact with
Ex:The sofa is against the wall.
3. in prevention of something
Ex: This is an effective injection against H1N1.
The preposition: Against
1) PÀ¼ÀîvÀ£ÀªÀÅ PÁ£ÀÆ¤UÉ «gÀÄzÀÞªÁzÀÄzÀÄ.
2) D ¦oÉÆÃ¥ÀPÀgÀt UÉÆÃqÉUÉ ºÀwÛPÉÆArzÉ.
3) F OµÀ¢üAiÀÄÄ H 1N1 «gÀÄzÀÞ ¥ÀjuÁªÀÄPÁj OµÀ¢üAiÀiÁVzÉ.
The preposition: Along
1.from one end to the other
Ex:They are alking along the street.
The preposition:Along
1) CªÀgÀÄ gÀ¸ÉÛÉAiÀÄ §¢UÉ)£ÀqÉzÀÄPÉÆAqÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄwÛzÁÝgÉ.
The preposition: Among

1. Surrounded by
Ex:Peter was among the spectators.
The preposition: Among
1) ¥ÉæªÀiï ¥ÉæÃPÀëPÀgÀ ªÀÄzsÀåzÀ°è EzÀÝ£ÀÄ.
The preposition: Around

1. in a circle
Ex: He walked around the table.
2. Near, approximately
Ex: It costs around 50 euros.
The preposition: Around

1) CªÀ£ÀÄ ªÉÄÃf£À ¸ÀÄvÀÛ ¸ÀÄvÀÄÛ ºÁQzÀ£ÀÄ.
2) CzÀÄ ºÉZÀÄÑ PÀrªÉÄ 50 gÀÆ¥Á¬Ä DUÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ.
The preposition: Before

1. earlier than
Ex: The ay before yesterday.
2. In front of
Ex: He bowed before the king.
2. in the presence of someone
Ex: The criminal was presented before the jury.
3. Order.
Ex: My turn come before your turn.
1) CªÀ£ÀÄ ªÉÆ£Éß §AzÀ£ÀÄ.
2) CªÀ£ÀÄ gÁd£À ªÀÄÄAzÉ vÀ¯É¨ÁV¹zÀ£ÀÄ.
3) C¥ÀgÁ¢üAiÀÄ£ÀÄß £ÁåAiÀÄ¦ÃoÀzÀ ªÀÄÄAzÉÀ ºÁdgÀÄ ¥Àr¸À¯Á¬ÄvÀÄ.
4) £À£Àß ¸ÀgÀ¢/¥Á½ ¤£ÀVAvÀ ªÀÄÄAZÉ §gÀÄvÀÛzÉ.
The preposition: behind

1. At the back of
Ex: Passengers sit behind the driver.
2. Support of or in favour of
Ex: My whole family is behind me.
The preposition: Behind
1) ¥ÀæAiÀiÁtÂPÀgÀÄ ZÁ®PÀ£À »AzÉ PÀÄ½vÀÄPÉÆ¼ÀÄîvÁÛgÉ.
2) £À£Àß ErÃ PÀÄlÄA§ªÉÃ £À£Àß »AzÉ EzÉ (£À£Àß DzsÁgÀQÌzÉ).
The preposition: Below
1. lower than
Ex: His shorts are below his knees.
The preposition: Below
1) CªÀ£ÀÄ vÀÄAqÀÄqÀUÉ ªÉÆtPÁ® PÉ¼ÀVzÉ.
The preposition: Beneath

1. under
Ex: The pen was beneath the books.
The preposition: Beneath
1) ¯ÉÃR¤AiÀÄÄ ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀUÀ¼À PÉ¼ÀUÉ EvÀÄÛ.
The preposition: Beside

1. next to
Ex: The bank is beside the cinema.
2. in comparison
Ex: Really this is better one beside your previous acting.
The preposition: Beside

1) D PÀlÖqÀªÀÅ ZÀ®£ÀavÀæ ªÀÄA¢gÀzÀ ¥ÀPÀÌPÉÌ EzÉ.
2) ¤£Àß F »A¢£À £Àl£ÀUÉ ºÉÆÃ°¹zÀgÉ ¤dªÁVAiÀÄÆ EzÀÄ CzÀQÌAvÀ GvÀÛªÀÄªÁzÀzÀÄ.
The preposition: Between

1. in the space separating two things
Ex: Mary sat between Tom and Jane
.
The preposition: Between
1) ªÉÄÃjAiÀÄÄ mÁªÀiï ªÀÄvÀÄÛ eÉÃ£ï ªÀÄzsÀåzÀ°è PÀÄ½vÀ¼ÀÄ
The preposition: By
1. near, at the side of
Ex: The restaurant is by the river.
2. as an agent
Ex: The Ramayan was written by Valmiki
3. Part of one’s body or clothes
Ex: She caught the lady by the hair.
4. Mode of payment
Ex: He gets the salary by cheque.
5. Extent
Ex: They won the final match by 2 runs.
6. Accompaniment
Ex: Sheela was accompanied on the keyboard by Ravi.
7. According to
Ex: Its just 10.00 am by watch.
Ex: You should be here by 2.00 pm
The preposition: By
1) G¥ÀºÁgÀUÀÈºÀªÀÅ £À¢AiÀÄ ¥ÀPÀÌzÀ°èzÉ
2) gÁªÀÄAiÀÄt UÀæAxÀªÀÅ ªÁ°äÃQ¬ÄAzÀ §gÉAiÀÄ¯ÁVzÉ.
3) CªÀ¼ÀÄ D ªÀÄ»¼ÉAiÀÄ PÀÆzÀ®£ÀÄß »rzÀÄ ¤°è¹zÀ¼ÀÄ.
4) CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÀtzÀ ºÀÄArAiÀÄ (zsÀ£ÁzÉÃ±À/ PÁ¸ÉÆÃ¯É) gÀÆ¥ÀzÀ°è vÀ£Àß ¸ÀA§A¼ÀªÀ£ÀÄß ¥ÀqÉAiÀÄÄvÁÛ£É.
5) CªÀgÀÄ CAwªÀÄ ¥ÀAzÀåªÀ£ÀÄß 2 NlUÀ½AzÀ UÉzÀÝgÀÄ.
6) gÀ«¬ÄAzÀ ¸ÀAVÃvÀzÀ Q°ÃªÀÄuÉ (QÃ ¨ÉÆÃqïð)¥ÀPÀÌªÁzÀåzÀ eÉÆvÉUÉ ²Ã¯Á¼ÀÄ eÉÆvÉAiÀiÁUÀ®àlÖ¼ÀÄ.
7) UÀrAiÀiÁgÀzÀ°è/UÀrAiÀiÁgÀzÀ C£ÀÄ¸ÁgÀ E¢ÃUÀ ºÀvÀÄÛ WÀAmÉAiÀiÁVzÉ.
8) ¤Ã£ÀÄ E°è JgÀqÀÄ WÀAmÉAiÀÄ M¼ÀUÀqÉ EgÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ.
The preposition: close to

1. Near
Ex:The school is near the church.
The preposition: Close to

1) ±Á¯ÉAiÀÄ FUÀfðAiÀÄ (¥ÁæxÀð£Á ªÀÄA¢gÀzÀ) ¸À«ÄÃ¥À«zÉ.
The preposition: Down

1. from higher to lower
Ex: She pulled down the blind.
The preposition: Down

1) CªÀ¼ÀÄ PÀÄgÀÄqÀ£À£ÀÄß ªÉÄÃ°AzÀ PÉ¼ÀPÉÌ vÀ½îzÀ¼ÀÄ.
The preposition: From

1. Where something starts or originates
Ex: The wind is blowing from the north.
2. Starting point
Ex: They worked here from 2005 to 2014.
3. Source or origin of something/someone.
Ex: That fellow is from India.
3. Separation
Ex: Leaves are falling from that tamarind tree.
4. Distance
Ex: Actually its only 2 kilometres from my home.
5. Point of view
Ex: From a financial point of view you should not have taken that decision.
6. Material
Ex: This is toy is made from wood.
7. Consideration of something
Ex: From his attitudes she looks like she feels guilty.

1) UÁ½AiÀÄÄ GvÀÛgÀ ¢PÉÌ¤AzÀ ©Ã¸ÀÄwÛzÉ.
2) CªÀgÀÄ E°è 2005 jAzÀ 2014 ªÀgÉUÉ ¸ÉÃªÉ ¸À°è¹zÀgÀÄ / PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁrzÀgÀÄ.
3) CªÀ£ÀÄ/ D ªÀåQÛAiÀÄÄ ¨sÁgÀvÀ¢AzÀ §AzÀªÀ£ÀÄ (¨sÁgÀwÃAiÀÄ£ÀÄ).
4) D ºÀÄt¸ÉVqÀ¢AzÀ J¯ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ GzÀÄgÀÄwÛªÉ.
5) ¤d ºÉÃ¼À¨ÉÃPÉAzÀgÉ, EzÀÄ £À£Àß ªÀÄ£É¬ÄAzÀ PÉÃªÀ® 2 K.m CAvÀgÀzÀ°èzÉ/ zÀÆgÀzÀ°èzÉ.
6) DyðPÀªÁV £ÉÆÃrzÀgÉ ¤Ã£ÀÄ D ¤zsÁðgÀªÀ£ÀÄß vÉUÉzÀÄPÉÆArgÀ¨ÁgÀ¢vÀÄÛ.
7) F DnUÉAiÀÄ PÀnÖUÉ¬ÄAzÀ ªÀiÁqÀ¯ÁVzÉ
8) CªÀ¼À ªÀvÀð£ÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¥ÀjUÀtÂ¹zÀgÉ CªÀ¼ÀÄ C¥ÀgÁ¢ü ¥ÀæeÉÕ¬ÄAzÀ §¼À®ÄwÛzÁÝ¼É JAzÉ¤¸À§ºÀÄzÀÄ.
The preposition: In
1. at a point within an area
Ex: The pen is in the drawer.
2. occupation/job or profession
Ex: He is in politics
3. colours / clothes
Ex: The players are in black t-shirts.
4. Condition or state.
Ex: They are in trouble.
4. Time
Ex: He can solve this in 5 minutes.
5. Referencing about something
Ex: He is very famous in yoga.
6. Mode of payment
Ex: We wpay the bill in cash.
7. Means of transport/travel
Ex: They go to the office in a white car.
The preposition: In
1) ¯ÉÃR¤AiÀÄÄ ªÉÄÃf£À ¸É¼ÉSÁ£ÉAiÉÆ¼ÀVzÉ.
2) CªÀ£ÀÄ gÁdPÁgÀtzÀ°èzÁÝ£É.
3) DlUÁgÀgÀÄ PÀ¥ÀÄà§tÚzÀ ¢j¹£À°èzÁÝgÉ.
4) CªÀgÀÄ vÉÆAzÀgÉAiÀÄ°èzÁÝgÉ/PÀµÀÖzÀ°èzÁÝgÉ
5) CªÀ£ÀÄ EzÀ£ÀÄß 5 ¤«ÄµÀzÀ°è §UÉºÀj¸À§®è£ÀÄ.
6) CªÀ£ÀÄ AiÉÆÃUÀzÀ°è §ºÀ¼À ¥Àæ¹¢ÞAiÀiÁVgÀÄªÀ£ÀÄ.
7) £ÁªÀÅ £ÀUÀzÀÄ gÀÆ¥ÀzÀ°è ºÀtªÀ£ÀÄß ¥ÁªÀw¹zÉªÀÅ.
8) CªÀgÀÄ ©½/±ÉéÃvÀ§tÚzÀ ªÁºÀ£ÀzÀ°è/PÁj£À°è PÀbÉÃjUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛgÉ.
The preposition: in front of

1. directly before
Ex:The child ran out in front of the bus.
The preposition: In front of
1) ªÀÄUÀÄªÀÅ ªÉÆÃmÁgÀ §ArAiÀÄ s ªÀÄÄAzÉ NrºÉÆÃ¬ÄvÀÄ.
The preposition: Inside

1. on the inner part of
Ex: The bird is inside the cage.
The preposition: Inside
1) ¥ÀQëAiÀÄÄ ¥ÀAdgÀzÉÆ¼ÀVzÉ.
The preposition: Into

1. Enter a closed space
Ex: He went into the shop.
1) CªÀ£ÀÄ CAUÀrAiÉÆ¼ÀUÉ ºÉÆÃzÀ£ÀÄ.
The preposition: Near

1. close to
Ex:The school is near the church.
The preposition: Near
1) ±Á¯ÉAiÀÄÄ EUÀfðAiÀÄ ¸À«ÄÃ¥À«zÉ.
The preposition: next to
1. beside
Ex: The bank is next to the cinema.
The preposition: Next to
1) ¨ÁåAPï (ºÀtPÁ¹£À ªÀåªÀºÁgÀzÀ ¸ÀA¸ÉÜAiÀÄ) avÀæªÀÄA¢gÀzÀ ¥ÀPÀÌPÉÌ EzÉ.
The preposition: Off
1. down or away from
Ex: He fell off the horse.
2. state or condition (not engaged in an activity)
Ex: She is off duty now.
3. at a distance from something
Ex: Our college is off the main road.
The preposition: Off

1) CªÀ£ÀÄ PÀÄzÀÄgÉAiÀÄ ªÉÄÃ°AzÀ PÉ¼ÀUÉ ©zÀÝ£ÀÄ.
2) CªÀ½ÃUÀ PÉ®¸ÀzÀ ªÉÄÃ¯É E®è/gÀeÉAiÀÄ ªÉÄÃjzÁÝ¼É.
3) £ÀªÀÄä «zÁå®AiÀÄªÀÅ ªÀÄÄRågÀ¸ÉÛ¬ÄAzÀ ¸Àé®à zÀÆgÀzÀ°è/ªÀÄÄRågÀ¸ÉÛAiÀÄ §½ EzÉ.
The preposition: On
1. in a position touching a surface
Ex: The plate is on the table.
The preposition: On
1) vÀmÉÖAiÀÄÄ ªÉÄÃd£À ªÉÄÃ¯É EzÉ.
The preposition: Onto

1. Move to a position on a surface
Ex: The cat jumped onto the roof of the car.

1) ¨ÉPÀÄÌ PÁj£À/ªÁºÀzÀ ªÉÄÃ¯ÁãUÀPÉÌ fV¬ÄvÀÄ.
The preposition: Opposite

1. Facing, on the other side
Ex: Eva sat opposite Tom at the table.
The preposition: opposite to
1) EªÁ mÁªÀiïUÉ JzÀÄgÁV ªÉÄÃd£À §½ PÀÄ½vÀ¼ÀÄ.
The preposition: out of

1. move from a closed
Ex: He got out of the space without taxi.
Ex: She’s out of work.
The preposition: Out of
1) CªÀ¼ÀÄ ¨ÁrUÉ ªÉÆÃmÁj¤AzÀ ºÉÆgÀºÉÆÃzÀ¼ÀÄ
2) CªÀ¼ÀÄ PÉ®¸ÀzÀ ªÉÄÃ°®è.
The preposition: Outside
1. opposite of inside
Ex: The garden is outside the house.
The preposition: Over

1.above/acrosson the surface of
Ex: The plane flew over the Atlantic.
Ex: She put a sheet over the furniture.
1) «ªÀiÁ£ÀªÀÅ CmÁèAnPï ¸ÁUÀgÀzÀ ªÉÄÃ¯É ºÁgÁrvÀÄ.
2) CªÀ¼ÀÄ ¦oÉÆÃ¥ÀPÀgÀtzÀ ªÉÄÃ¯É ºÀZÀÑqÀ/ºÁ¹UÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ºÉÆ¢¹zÀ¼ÀÄ
The preposition: Past
1. beyond
Ex: She drove past the supermarket.
The preposition: Past

1) CªÀ¼ÀÄ ¸ÀÆ¥Àgï ªÀiÁgÀÄPÀmÉÖAiÀÄ£ÀÄß zÁn ºÉÆÃzÀ¼ÀÄ.
The preposition: Round

1. in a circular movement
Ex: The earth moves round the sun.
The preposition: Round

1) ¸ÀÆgÀå£ÀÄ ¨sÀÆ«ÄAiÀÄ ¸ÀÄvÀÛ ¸ÀÄwÛvÁÛ£É.
The preposition: Through
1. from one side to the other
Ex:The Seine flows through Paris.
Ex: the Yamuna flows through Agra.
1) ¸ÉÖÃ£ï £À¢AiÀÄ ¥Áåj¸ï £ÀUÀgÀzÀ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ºÀjAiÀÄÄvÀÛzÉ.
2) AiÀÄªÀÄÄ£Á £À¢AiÀÄ DUÁæ £ÀUÀgÀzÀ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ºÀjAiÀÄÄvÀÛzÉ.
The preposition: throughout

1. in every part of
Ex: The virus spread throughout the country.
The preposition: Through out
1) ªÉÊgÁtÄ ErÃ zÉÃ±ÀzÀ vÀÄA¨É®è ºÀgÀrvÀÄ.
The preposition: To
1. in the direct of / towards
Ex: On the way to the station.
The preposition: To
1) £Á£ÀÄ ¤¯ÁÝtPÉÌ §gÀÄªÀ ªÀiÁUÀðzÀ°èzÉÝÃ£É.
The preposition: Towards
1. in the direction of
Ex: The child ran towards her father.
1) ªÀÄUÀÄªÀÅ vÀ£Àß vÀAzÉAiÀÄ PÀqÉUÉ NrvÀÄ.
The preposition: Under

1. Beneath, below
Ex:Water flows under the bridge.
1) £À¢AiÀÄÄ ¸ÉÃvÀÄªÉAiÀÄ PÉ¼ÀUÉ ºÀjAiÀÄÄvÀÛzÉ
The preposition: Underneath

1. Beneath
Ex: There was dust underneath the rug.
The preposition: Underneath
1) ºÁ¹UÉAiÀÄ PÉ¼ÀUÉ zsÀÆ½zÉ
 Prepositions of Time
The preposition: on
1. days of the week
Ex: He is coming on Monday
The preposition: On
1) CªÀ£ÀÄ ¸ÉÆÃªÀÄªÁgÀzÀAzÀÄ §gÀÄwÛzÁÝ£É.
The preposition: in
1. Months / seasons
Ex: It happened in August / in winter
2. time of day
Ex:They leave the room in the morning
3. Year
Ex: They arrested him in 2006
4.After a certain period of time (when?)
Ex: I will be there in an hour
The preposition: In
1) EzÀÄ CUÀs¸ÀÖö£À¯Áè¬ÄvÀÄ/ ZÀ½UÁ®zÀ°è WÀn¹vÀÄ.
2) CªÀgÀÄ ªÀÄÄAeÁ£ÉAiÉÄÃ PÉÆÃuÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ©lÄÖ ºÉÆÃzÀgÀÄ/©lÖgÀÄ.
3) CªÀgÀÄ CªÀ£À£ÀÄß 2006 gÀ°è §A¢ü¹zÀgÀÄ.
4) £Á£ÀÄ MAzÀÄ WÀAmÉAiÀÄ°è C°ègÀÄªÉ£ÀÄ.
The preposition:at
1. for night
Ex: Please meet me at night
2. for weekend
Ex: They are going to ooty at the weekend
3. A certain point of time (when?)
Ex: The train arrives at half past nine
The preposition: At
1) zÀAiÀÄ«lÄÖ £À£ÀUÉ gÁwæ ¨ÉÃnAiÀiÁV.
2) CªÀgÀÄ F ªÁgÁAvÀåPÉÌ HlUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀÄwÛzÁÝgÉ.
3) GV§ArAiÀÄÄ 9.30 WÀAmÉUÉ §gÀÄvÀÛzÉ.
The preposition:since
1. from a certain point of time (past till now)
Ex: He is rendering his service since 1980
The preposition: since
1) CªÀ£ÀÄ 1980 jAzÀ¯ÉÃ vÀ£Àß ¸ÉÃªÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ¸À°è¸ÀÄwÛzÁÝ£É.
The preposition: for
1. over a certain period of time (past till now)
Ex: They have been working here for 2 years
The preposition: For
1) CªÀgÀÄ E°è 2 ªÀµÀðUÀ½AzÀ PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÀÄwÛzÁÝgÉ.
The preposition: ago
1. A certain time in the past
Ex: They had visited their grandma 2 years ago
The preposition: Ago
1) CªÀgÀÄ vÀªÀÄä CfÓAiÀÄ£ÀÄß JgÀqÀÄ ªÀµÀðUÀ¼À »AzÉ ¨sÉÉÃnAiÀiÁVzÀÝgÀÄ.
The preposition:Before
1. earlier than a certain point of time
Ex: I think that will be completed before 2020.
1) £À£ÀUÀ¤¸ÀÄvÀÛzÉ. CzÀÄ 2020 gÀÆ¼ÀUÁV ¥ÀÆtðªÁUÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ.
The preposition:to
1. Telling the time
Ex: It’s ten to six now.(5:50)
The preposition: past
1. Telling the time
Ex: The time is ten past six now. (6:10)
The preposition: to / till

1. Marking the beginning and end of a period of time.
Ex: It will be opened from Monday to/till Friday.
The preposition: To/Till

1) EzÀÄ ¸ÉÆÃªÀÄªÁgÀ¢AzÀ ±ÀÄPÀæªÁgÀzÀªÀgÉUÉ vÉ¢gÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ.
The preposition: till / until
1. In the sense of how long something is going to last
Ex: He is on holiday until Friday.
The preposition: Till/Untill
1) CªÀ£ÀÄ ±ÀÄPÀæªÁgÀzÀªÀgÉUÉ gÀeÉAiÀÄ ªÉÄÃ°zÁÝ£É.
The preposition: by
1. in the sense of at the latest
Ex: I will be back by 6 o’clock.
2. A certain time
Ex:By 11 o’clock, I had read up to five pages.
The preposition: By
1) £Á£ÀÄ 6 WÀAmÉAiÀÄ M¼ÀUÉ ªÀÄgÀ¼ÀÄªÉ£ÀÄ.
2) £Á£ÀÄ 11 WÀAmÉAiÀÄ M¼ÀUÁV 5 ¥ÀÄlUÀ¼À£ÀÄß N¢zÉÝ£ÀÄ.
Prepositions – Place (Position and Direction)
The preposition: In
1. room, building, street,
Ex: She is in the kitchen, in town, country,London
2. Book, paper etc.
Ex: It’s given in the book
3. car, taxi
Ex:She came to the party in the car, in a taxi
4. Picture, world
Ex: There is something in the picture.
Ex: There is no one in the world to defeat him.
The preposition: In
1) CªÀ¼ÀÄ CqÀÄUÉPÉÆÃuÉAiÀÄ°èzÁÝ¼É/®AqÀ¤ß£À°èzÁÝ¼É.
2) EzÀ£ÀÄß ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀzÀ°è PÉÆqÀ¯ÁVzÉ.
3) CªÀ¼ÀÄ PÁj£À°è /¨ÁrUÉ ªÉÆÃmÁj£À°è OvÀtPÀÆlPÉÌ §AzÀ¼ÀÄ.
4) avÀæzÀ°è K£ÉÆÃ EzÉ.
5) CªÀ£À£ÀÄß ¸ÉÆÃ°¸ÀÄªÀªÀgÁgÀÄ F dUÀwÛ£À°è E®è.
The preposition:at
1. Meaning next to, by an object
Ex: Please, stand at the door,/May be, he is at the station
2. for table
Ex: There is something at the table
3. for events
Ex: They all are at the party
4. Place where you are to do something typical (watch a film, study, work)
Ex: I think, they are at the cinema, at school, at work
The preposition: At
1) zÀAiÀÄ«lÄÖ, ¨ÁV® ºÀwÛgÀ ¤®Äè.
2) §ºÀÄ±ÀB CªÀ£ÀÄ ¤¯ÁÝtzÀ°ègÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ
3) ªÉÄÃf£À ªÉÄÃ¯É K£ÉÆÃ EzÉ.
4) CªÀgÉ®ègÀÆ ¸ÀAvÉÆÃµÀ PÀÆlzÀ°èzÁÝgÉ.
5) £À£ÀUÀ¤¸ÀÄvÀÛzÉ, CªÀgÀÄ avÀæªÀÄA¢gÀzÀ°è / ±Á¯ÉAiÀÄ°è / PÉ®¸ÀzÀ°è EzÁÝgÉ.
The preposition: on
1. Attached
Ex: The picture on the wall
2. for a place with a river
Ex: London lies on the thames.
3. Being on a surface
Ex: The bag is on the table
4. for a certain side (left, right)
Ex: The building is on the left of our office
5. for a floor in a house
Ex: His office is on the first floor.
6. for public transport
Ex: They came on a plane
7. for television, radio
Ex: She is watching news on the tv.
The preposition: On
1) avÀæ¥ÀlªÀÅ UÉÆÃqÉÀAiÀÄ ªÉÄÃ°zÉ.
2) ®AqÀ£ï xÉÃªÀiïì £À¢AiÀÄ vÀlzÀ°èzÉ.
3) aÃ®ªÀÅ ªÉÄÃf£À ªÉÄÃ°zÉ.
4) PÀlÖqÀªÀÅ £ÀªÀÄä PÀbÉÃjAiÀÄ JqÀ§¢UÉ EzÉ.
5) CªÀ£À PÀbÉÃjAiÀÄÄ ªÉÆzÀ® ªÀÄºÀrAiÀÄ°èzÉ.
6) CªÀgÀÄ «ªÀiÁ£ÀzÀ°è §AzÀgÀÄ.
7) CªÀ¼ÀÄ zÀÆgÀzÀ±Àð£ÀzÀ°è ªÁvÀðAiÀÄ£ÀÄß £ÉÆÃqÀÄwÛzÁÝ¼É.
The preposition: by, next
1. Left or right of somebody to, beside or something
Ex: Jane is standing by / next to / beside the car.
[
The preposition: By/ Next to/ Beside

1) eÉÃ£À ªÁºÀ£ÀzÀ ¥ÀPÀÌPÉÌ ¤AwzÁÝ¼É.
1. On the ground, lower than (or covered by) something else.
Ex: The bag is under the table
1) aÃ®ªÀÅ ªÉÄÃf£À PÉ¼ÀUÉ EzÉ.
The preposition: below
1. Lower than something else but above ground
Ex: The fish are below the surface
1)«ÄÃ£ÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ ¤Ãj£ÉÆ¼ÀVªÉ. (¤Ãj£À ªÉÄÃ¯ÉäöÊ PÉ¼ÀVªÉ)
The preposition: over

1. covered by something else
Ex: It’s cold, put a jacket over your shirt
2. Meaning more than
Ex: He may be over 16 years of age
3. Getting to the other side (also across)
Ex: They are walking over the bridge
1) bÀ½ EzÉ. ¤£Àß CAVAiÀÄ ªÉÄÃ¯ÉÆAzÀÄ ªÉÄÃ®AVAiÀÄß£ÀÄ ºÁQPÉÆ.
2) CªÀ£ÀÄ 16 ªÀÅ¹ì£À ªÉÄÃ®àlÖªÀ£ÁVgÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ.
3) CªÀgÀÄ ¸ÉÃvÀÄªÉAiÀÄ ªÉÄÃ¯É £ÀqÉzÀÄPÉÆAqÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄwÛzÁÝgÉ.
The preposition: above

1. higher than something else but not directly over it.
Ex: There is a path above the lake.

1) PÉÆ¼ÀzÀ ªÉÄÃ¯ÉÆAzÀÄ ªÀiÁUÀð/zÁj/¥ÀxÀ EzÉ.
The preposition: across
1. Getting to the other side (also over)
Ex: They went across the bridge
2. Getting to the other side
Ex: He can swim across the lake
1) CªÀgÀÄ ¸ÉÃvÀÄªÉUÉ CqÀØªÁV ZÀ°¹zÀgÀÄ.
2) CªÀ£ÀÄ PÉÆ¼ÀPÉÌ CqÀØªÁV F¸À§®è£ÀÄ.
The preposition: through
1. something with limits on top, bottom and the sides
Ex: Pass it througu the window.
2) EzÀ£ÀÄß QlQAiÀÄ ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ªÀUÁð¬Ä¸ÀÄ.
The preposition: to
1. Movement to person or building
Ex: They are planning to go to the cinema
2. Movement to a place or country
Ex: They went to london / ireland
3. for bed
Ex: Go to bed, it’s getting late.
The preposition: To
1) CªÀgÀÄ ZÀ®£ÀavÀæPÉÌ ºÉÆÃUÀ®Ä ªÉÄÃf¸ÀÄwÛzÁÝgÉ.
2) CªÀgÀÄ ®AqÀ£ïUÉ /Lgï¯ÁåAqÉUÉ ºÉÆÃzÀgÀÄ.
3) vÀqÀªÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ. ¨ÉÃUÀ ªÀÄ®UÀÄ.
The preposition: into
1. Enter a room / a building
Ex: She went into the kitchen / the house.
1) CªÀ¼ÀÄ CqÀÄUÉPÉÆÃuÉUÉ (ªÀÄ£ÉAiÉÆ¼ÀUÉ) ºÉÆÃzÀ¼ÀÄ.
The preposition: towards
1. Movement in the direction of something (but not irectly to it)
Ex: Please, go 5 steps towards the house
1) zÀAiÀÄ«lÄÖ 5 ºÉeÉÓ ªÉÄÃ°£À PÀqÉUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀÄ.
The preposition: onto
1. Movement to the top of Something
Ex: Jump onto the table

1) CªÀ£ÀÄ ªÉÄÃf£À ªÉÄÃ¯É fVzÀ£ÀÄ.
The preposition: from

1. In the sense of where from
Ex: He took a flower from the garden

1) CªÀ£ÀÄ GzÁå£ÀªÀ£À¢AzÀ MAzÀÄ ºÀÆªÀ£ÀÄß vÉUÉzÀÄPÉÆAqÀ£ÀÄ.
Words followed by prepositions

Certain Nouns, Adjectives and Verbs are followed by particular Prepositions. The
following is a list of some important words followed by appropriate Prepositions.
1.Nouns followed by Prepositions
 Acquaintance with : I have no acquaintance with Maria.

 Affection for : Raman has a strong affection for that poor girl.
 Apology for : She offered him an apology for her conduct.
 Aptitude for : The Marwaris have great aptitude for business.
 Assurance of : Mr.Desai gave us no assurance of his support.
 Blame for : Advani accepted blame for the accident.
 Candidate for : Raman is a candidate for the post.
 Capacity for : Aftab has no capacity for mastering facts.
 Care of : Take care of your health.
 Cause for : There is no cause for anxiety.
 Cause of : She is the cause of the whole trouble.
 Charge of : A charge of murder was laid at his door.
 Claim on : I have every claim on you.
 Claim to : He set up a claim to the throne.
 Complaint against : Why don't you lodge a complaint against your noisy
neighbours?
 Confidence in : I hope she will justify my confidence in her.
 Control over : Miss Helen has no control over her class.
 Disgrace to : She is a disgrace to her family.
 Duty to : We owe a duty to our country.
 Excuse for : He has no excuse for remaining absent.
 Fondness for : His fondness for her is natural.
 Freedom from : Health means freedom from care.
 Grief at : He felt grief at the death of his son.
 Hatred for : Her hatred for him was very great.
 Heir to : The prince is heir to the throne.
 Influence with : I have no influence with the Magistrate.
 Interest in : I have no interest in music.
 Invitation to : She has sent us an invitation to dinner.
 Leniency to : You have shown undue leniency to her.
 Leisure for : I have no leisure for amusement.
 Limit to : There is no limit to his ambition.
 Longing for : Her longing for her son is great.
 Match for : Peter is no match for Abraham.
 Need of : Raman is always in need of money.
 Neglect of : He is blamed for neglect of duty.
 Obedience to : I praise her obedience to her husband.
 Objection to : I have no objection to your going there.
 Peace with : I am always at peace with my neighbours.
 Pity for : The king felt pity for the poor.
 Prejudice against : He has a prejudice against Hakims.
 Pride in : Her great pride in her wealth is foolish.
 Progress in : Jack had made no progress in her studies.
 Quarrel with : I know nothing of his quarrel with her.
 Regard for : I have a great regard for him.
 Remedy for : Quinine is a remedy for malaria.
 Reputation for : Ghafoor has a reputation for honesty.
 Respect for : The young have no respect for old age.
 Slave to : A drunked is a slave to drink.
 Slave of : You musn't make a slave of your servant girl.
 Subscription to : What is your subscription to the Famine Relief
Fund?
 Sympathy for : All the people felt great sympathy for her in her
troubles.
 Sympathy with : I have no sympathy with her foolish views.
 Taste for : Kamala has no taste for music.
 Traitor to : He is a traitor to his country.
 (The) Victim of : She is the victim of her own foolishness.
2. ADJECTIVES AND PARTICIPLES FOLLOWED BY PREPOSITIONS
 Accused of : Ghulam was accused of theft.

 Acquainted with : Are you acquainted with her?
 Acquitted of : The thief was acquitted of her charge.
 Addicted of : Tom is addicted to gambling.
 Adjacent to : The hotel is adjacent to the Post Office.
 Afflicted with : The old man is afflicted with gout.
 Afraid of : Don't be afraid of telling the truth.
 Amazed at : I was amazed at her impudence.
 Angry with : The teacher was very angry with us.
 Annoyed at : Raman was annoyed at her behaviour.
 Anxious for, about : 1) He is anxious for(about) her safety.
2) She is very anxious about her son's health.
 Appropriate to : The Prime Minister made a stirring speech
appropriate to the occasion.
 Ashamed of : Mary is ashamed of her conduct.
 Astonished at : All were astonished at her disobedience.
 Averse to : Pratap is averse to regular work.
 Backward in : John is backward in his studies.
 Beneficial to : Fresh air and good food are beneficial to the health.
 Bent on : Joseph is bent on mischief.
 Blessed with : May you always be blessed with good health.
 Blind in : The carpenter is blind in the right eye.
 Blind to : Rashida is blind to her own faults.
 Born of : Gandhiji was born of rich parents.
 Bound for : The ship is bound for England.
 Busy with : Jack is busy with his lessons.
 capable of : She is capable of improvement.
 Careful about : She is very careful about her dress.
 Charged with : The beggar was charged with theft.
 Confident of : Peter is confident of success.
 Conscious of : Shakuntala is conscious of her faults.
 Contented with : She is contented with her lot.
 Contrary to : The boys acted contrary to my instructions.
 Convenient for : Will the 4.50 train be convenient for you?
 Courteous to : She is courteous to all.
 Deaf to : He was deaf to all her entreaties.
 Deficient in : She is deficient in common sense.
 Dependent on : She is dependent on her parents.
 Desirous of : Raman is desirous of going abroad.
 Different from : His religious views are different from hers.
 Disgusted with : I am disgusted with her conduct.
 Due to : The accident was due to careless driving.
 Eligible for : He is not eligible for promotion.
 Engaged to : Shiela is engaged to Harry.
 Equal to : Sikander was equal to the occasion.
 Essential to : Health is essential to happiness.
 Faithful to : The dog is very faithful to his master.
 False to : Abraham proved false to his friends.
 Familiar to : Her name seems quite familiar to me.
 Familiar with : I am not familiar with her tricks.
 Famous for : He is famous for his learning.
 Fit for : Saqlan is fit for the job.
 Fond of : Girls are fond of dolls.
 Free from : No one is free from faults.
 Full of : This book is full of mistakes.
 Glad of : I am glad of your success.
 Good at : She is good at Mathematics.
 Good for : This medicine is good for headache.
 Greedy for : Arsalan is greedy of gain/honours.
 Guilty of : The beggar was found guilty of theft.
 Honest in : Sami is not honest in his dealings.
 Hopeful of : Is she hopeful of success?
 Ignorant of : The Headmaster is ignorant of facts.
 Ill with : Manorama is ill with fever.
 Indifferent to : They are indifferent to their own business.
 Infested with :This house is infested with rats.
 Injurious to : Alcohol is injurious to health.
 Intent to : He was intent on winning a scholarship.
 Interested in : Why are you interested in Maria?
 Introduced to : I was introduced to the Collector.
 Jealous of : He is jealous of his friend's success.
 Lame in : The beggar was lame in the left leg.
 Lost to : Tom is lost to all sense of shame.
 Loyal to : The princes were loyal to the Government.
 Married to : Sheila was married to Raman.
 Negligent in : He was negligent in his work.
 Negligent of : He was negligent of his duties.
 Obedient to : Aftab is obedient to his parents.
 Obliged to : I am obliged to her for kindness.
 Occupied by : This house is occupied by his fiance.
 Occupied with : He is just now occupied with the translation of a
French novel.
 Occupied in : He is occupied in translating a French novel.
 Offended with,at : She was offended with her husband at his remarks.
 Open to : She is not open to conviction.
 Overwhelmed with : She was overwhelmed with grief.
 Owing to : Owing to his careless driving,we had a bad accident.
 Partial to : We are all partial to our friends.
 Peculiar to : This is a custom peculiar to the Japanese.
 Popular with : Mr George is popular with his neighbours.
 Preferable to : Health is preferable to wealth.
 Proficient in : John is proficient in Mathematics.
 Proud of : He is proud of his wealth.
 Quick at : This boy is quick at inventing excuses.
 Reconciled with : Ultimately she became reconciled with her
husband.
 Reduced to : The prince was reduced to poverty.
 Related to : Is she related to you?
 Repentant of : Mary is repentant of her folly.
 Respectful to : Good boys are respectful to all.
 Satisfied with : I am satisfied with her conduct.
 Sensitive to : She is sensitive to praise and blame.
 Serviceable to : This umbrella will be serviceable to you in the rainy
season.
 Shocked at : All of us were shocked at the news of his death.
 Short of : Jack is always short of money.
 Sick of : I am sick of being blamed for everything that goes
wrong.
 Similar to : Their customs are similar to ours.
 Slow of : Slow of hearing ,slow to make up one's mind,slow
at accounts, Slow to anger.
 Sorry for : The Headmaster was sorry for his mistake.
 Steeped in : Mahmud is steeped in vice and poverty.
 Suited to : His speech was suited to the occasion.
 Sure of : *) Are you sure of your facts?
*) Can we be sure of his honesty?
 Suspicious of : The policeman became increasingly suspicious of
his movements.
 Sympathetic to : She is sympathetic to(towards) suffers.
 Thankful for : We ought to be thankful to God for His small
mercies.
 Tired of : Everyone is tired of doing nothing.
 True to : Abraham is true to his friends.
 Useful for : Salt is useful for many purposes.
 Vain of : She is vain of her beauty.
 Versed in : He is well versed in Mathematics.
 Vexed at : He was vexed at his failure.
 Weak in : My daughter is weak in Mathematics.
 Worthy of : He is worthy of our reverence and esteem.
3.VERBS FOLLOWED BY PREPOSITION
 Abide by : You must abide by your promise.

 Abound with :The hut abounded with vermin.
 Abound in : Vermin abounded in the hut.
 Abstain from : Abstain from evil and do good.
 Accede to : The Principal acceded to my request.
 Acquit of : The judge acquitted him of theft.
 Act from : She acted from fear.
 Admit of : You conduct admits of no excuse.
 Agree with (a person) : *) Sami does not agree with me.
*) I did not agree with her on this point.
 Agree to (a proposal) : I agree to your offer of marriage.
 Aim at : All of us aim at excellence.
 Apologize to (a person) : I apologize to her for my mistake.
 Appeal to (a person) : We appealed to her for help.
 Appoint to (a person) : Jack was appointed to the vacant post.
 Arrive at (a place) : We arrived at the station at ten.
 Attend to : Attend to your lessons,please.
 Attend upon : Sheila has many servants attending upon her.
 Avail of : You should avail yourself of every opportunity to
practice speaking english.
 Avenge on : He avenged himself on his enemies.
 Averse to,from : *) He is averse to hard work.
*) We are averse from takiing action.
 Bear with : You must bear with my weakness.
 Beat against : The waves beat against the rocks.
 Beg of : We all begged pardon of her.
 Believe in : I do not believe in her honesty.
 Bestow on : The Queen bestowed high honour on her.
 Beware of : Beware of false friends.
 Blame for : He blamed his teacher for his failure.
 Boast of : She boasts of being the best actress in the town.
 Borrow from : Rahman borrowed Rs.500 from me.
 Break into : The thieves broke into his house at night.
 Brood over : Do not brood over past grievances.
 Buy for,at : He bought them for/at Rs.10 each.
 Buy from : He bought this watch from Grandleys.
 Call on : We called on Miss Hill yesterday.
 Call to : Jill called to her father for help.
 Call for : Your conduct calls for punishment.
 Care for : I do not care for her opinion.
 Charge with : We charged her with theft.
 Come across : I came across this in a curio shop.
 Compare with(to show difference) : *)Compare the character of Mohan with that
of Ali.
 Compare to (to show resemblance) : Anger may be compared to fire.
 Compete with : I compete with Harry for the first prize.
 Complain of : *) She complained to me of his rudeness.
*) We have nothing to complain of (about).
*) He never complains of not having enough money.
 Comply with : We always complied with his request.
 Confer on : She conferred a favour on us.
 Confide in : The king confided in his ministers.
 Confide to : Confide your secrets to none.
 Congratulate on : I congratulated her on her success.
 Consist of,in : *) The committee consists of ten members.
*) The happiness of a country consists in the
freedom of its citizens.
 Convict of : The judge convicted him of theft.
 Cure of : The medicine cured him of his disease.
 Deal in : He deals in Japanese goods.
 Deal with : Deal fairly with everyone.
 Defend from,against : *) I defended her from all blame.
*) They bravely defended their country against
enemies.
 Deposit in,with : *) He deposited all his money in State bank of India.
*) He deposited all the documents with his lawyer.
 Deprive of : Slaves are deprived of their freedom.
 Derive from : Can pleasure be derived from bad actions?
 Despair of : Taqi never despaired of success.
 Die of : Seema died of typhoid.
 Die by : He died by his own hand.
 Differ with : I differ with you on this subject.
 Differ from : This cloth differ from that.
 Disagree with : I disagree with you on this point.
 Dispose of : She has disposed of all her property.
 Dissuade from : Afzal dissuade her from going there.
 Distinguish from : Distinguish truth from falsehood.
 Dream of : She dreamt of becoming a queen one day.
 End in : The scheme ended in failure.
 Enter into,upon : *) He entered into room.
*) Sami has entered upon a new acreer
 Exchange for : He exchanged the cow for the horse.
 Explain to : Explain this question to me.
 Export from : Cotton goods are exported from India .
 Fall under : He fell under the displeasure of the king.
 Fall upon : The robbers fell upon the merchant.
 Feed on : The cow feeds on grass.
 Feel for : We all felt for her in her troubles.
 Fight with or against : *) Great Britian fought against (or with)
*) Germany in two wars.
 Fight for : They were fighting for their independence.
 Fly at : The dog flew at the beggar.
 Fly into : Seeing me,she flew into a rage.
 Furnish with : *) They furnished the library with books [or]
*) They furnished books to her.
 Get at : get at (find out) the facts.
 Get on : He is sure to get on (make a progress) in life.
 Get over : He got over(recovered from ) his illness .
 Get out of : I have not yet been able to get out of debt.
 Get to : In the evening they got to their journey's end.
 Grieve at : They grieved at the news of my failure.
 Grieve about : Don't grieve much about your misfortunes
 Grieve for,over : *) Don't grieve much for the dead.
*) She grieved over her husband's death.
 Grumble at : He is always grumbling at his low pay.
 Guard against : We must guard against vices.
 Hear about,of,from : *) Have you heard about his dismissal?
*) I've never heard of her.
*) How often do you hear from your sister?
 Hide from : I will not hide the truth from my parents.
 Hinder from : What hindered you from coming here?
 Hope for : We always hope for better times.
 Import from,into : Wool is imported from Australia into India.
 Impress on : I impressed on her the value of cleanliness.
 Impute to : Do not impute motives to her action.
 Infer from : Am I to infer from your remarks that you think I am
a liar?
 Infest with : Warehouses were infested with rats.
 Inform of,against : *) Have you informed her of your intended
departure?
*) She has informed the police against the neighbor
who is a smuggler.
 Inquire into : The police are inquiring into the matter.
 Inquire of : I inquired of her why she had insulted her hsuband.
 Insist on : He insisted on my leaving the place at once.
 Interfere in,with : *) Please don't interfere in my business.
*) He interfered with her in her private affairs.
 Introduce to : Mary introduced me to Sheila.
 Invite to : I have invited Rashida also to dinner.
 Jeer at : Never jeer at a deafeated enemy.
 Jest about : Don't jest about serious things.
 Join in,to : *) Join the point C to the point D.
*) Why doesn't he join in the conversation?
*) May I join in the game?
 Jump at : Parveen jumped at the office at once.
 Jump to : *) The Superintendent jumped to the conclusion
that
the prisoner had escaped from the jail.
 Keep from : Keep away from wine.
 Keep to : Keep to the point,please.
 Kick against : Do not kick against authority.
 Kick at : Atif kicked at my offer.
 Knock at : *) He knocked at every door for money.
*) Somebody is knocking at the door (on the
window).
 Labour for : All his life he laboured for the public good.
 Lack in : He is lacking in experience.
 Lament for : Do not lament for the dead.
 Land at : We landed at Bombay.
 Laugh at : We all laughed at her bad manners.
 Lay before : Peter laid all the facts before her.
 Lay to : We laid this sin to her charge.
 Lay under : I have laid her under deep obligation by helping her
in distress.
 Lead to : This road leads to Poona.
 Lean to : This judge seems to lean to his side.
 Leap at : He leapt at the opportunity.
 Learn of : I am sorry to learn of her illness.
 Level with : The enemy levelled the city with the ground.
 Listen to : Don't listen to that foolish fellow.
 Live within ; Live within your means.
 Live by : Live by honest labour.
 Look at : A cat may look at a king.
 Look after : The shepherd looked after his sheep.
 Meddle in,with : *) Don't meddle in my affairs.
*) Don't meddle in politics.
*) Who has been meddling with my papers?
 Meet with : I met with many obstacles ,but pressed on.
 Mix with : *) Oil will not mix with water.
*) Mix up the salt with the pepper.
 Mourn for,over : *) Do not mourn for the dead.
*) They mourned over the child's death.
 Murmur against : We must not murmur against new taxes.
 Murmur at : We all murmur at injustice.
 Object to : She objects to my going there.
 Occur to : It did not occur to me to search his pockets.
 Originate in : The fight originated in a foolish quarrel.
 Part with : *) He parted with all his wealth.
*) He parted with(or from) his old parents with
tears.
 Partake of : We partook of the feast spread before us.
 Pass for : Robert passed for a learned man.
 Perish with : They perished with cold and hunger.
 Persevere in : Mary persevered in her studies.
 Persist in : Raman persists in annoying his sister.
 Pine for : She pined for the lost child.
 Play at : The children were playing at keeping shop.
 Play with : Don't play with fireworks.
 Play on : Smile played on her lips.
 Prefer to : I prefer milk to tea.
 Present at : We presented the cheque at the bank.
 Present to : We presented a watch to her.
 Present with : We presented her with a watch.
 Preserve from : May God preserve you from all harm.
 Preside at,over : *) The prime Minister presides at meetings of the
Cabinet.
*)The Mayor presides over the City Council.
 Press upon : Don't press your opinions upon her.
 Prevail upon : We prevailed upon her to come to the meeting.
 Prevail over : We pervailed over(=gained victory over) our
enemies.
 Prevent from : She prevented me from coming here.
 Profit by : A wise man profits by the mistakes of others.
 Prohibit from : You are prohibited from entering the class.
 Protect from : God will protect you from all harm.
 Protect against : Protect these tender plants against the weather.
 Protest against : You must protest against injustice.
 Provide for : He died without providing for his widow.
 Provide with : You must provide your children with food and
clothes.
 Provide against : A wise man provides against a rainy day.
 Quarrel with : Do not quarrel with your friends over a trifle.
 Reconcile to : You must reconcile yourself to a life of hardship
and poverty.
 Recover from : He has just recovered from illness.
 Refrain from : She refrained from shedding tears.
 Rejoice at,over : *) We all rejoiced at her success.
*) We all rejoiced over the victory.
 Relieve of : *) The medicine relieved me of my pain.
*) He was relieved of his post.
 Rely on : Do not rely on her support.
 Remind of : He reminded me of my promise.
 Repent of : *) He repents of the mistake he has made.
*) Have you nothing to repent of?
 Resolve on : She resolves on going there.
 Rest with : It rests with her to take action against him.
 Revenge on : He revenged himself on his enemy for the murder
of his brother.
 Reward with : I rewarded her with a watch for saving my child
from drowning.
 Rule over : The king ruled over a vast empire.
 Save from : He saved her from drowning.
 Search for : We searched for the lost watch everywhere.
 Seek for : All of us seek for happiness.
 Send for : They sent for the doctor.
 Show over : MOhan showed her over his new house.
 Shudder at : I shudder at her act of cruelty.
 Side with : Aftab sided with us in the dispute.
 Smile at : I smiled at her foolish threat.
 Smile upon : Fortune seemed to smile upon him.
 Stick to : Stick to your point.
 Struggle against : She struggled against many difficulties.
 Submit to : We must all submit to God's will.
 Subscribe to : He subscribed Rs.1000 to the Flood Relief Fund.
 Succeed to : He succeeded to the throne at the age of ten.
 Supply to : He supplied food to the poor.
 Supply with : He supplied the poor with food.
 Sympathize with : we sympathize with her in her troubles.
 Talk of or about : *) All are talking about the strange event.
*) What are they talking about?
*) Talking of travel,have you been to Goa yet?
 Talk to : He was talking to his friend.
 Throw at : don't throw stones at birds.
 Treat of : This book treats of every important subject.
 Treat with : If we are to treat with you,it must be on equal
terms.
 Triumph over : Virtue always triumphs over vice.
 Trust in : Trust in God and do the right.
 Wait on : All her maids waited on her.
 Wait for : We waited impatiently for the train.
 Warn against,of : We warned her of the danger,against pickpockets.
 Wonder at,about : *) I wonder at your stupidity.
*) I was wondering about that.
 Wrestle with : Wrestle bravely with difficulties.
 Yield to : Never yield to temptation.
Exercise 10
Certain verbs are followed by particular prepositions. Test your knowledge of these
particular word combinations by taking this quiz.
1. He was found guilty —————— murder.

a) with b) in c) of d) at
2. His daughter is engaged ———————- my son.
a) with b) in c) to d) on
3. Thomas Hardy is famous —————– his Wessex novels.
a) in b) for c) with d) at
4. Othello was charged —————– the murder of his wife Desdemona.
a) at b) with c) for d) against
5. The indulgent mother is blind —————– the shortcomings of her only son.
a) at b) in c) to d) with
6. He is blind —————— one eye.
a) at b) to c) in d) for
7. You have no excuse —————— being so late.
a) for b) with c) in d) from
8. A conscientious worker is never neglectful —————– his duty.
a) in b) with c) of d) on
9. I have never seen a place so infested —————- mosquitoes.
a) in b) with c) at d) for
10. He was warned —————– the impending danger.
a) of b) with c) in d) for
11. I am tired ——————— doing nothing.
a) at b) of c) in d) in
12. He succeeded —————– passing the test.
a) in b) with c) on d) for
Topic 4.g: Conjunctions.
Conjunctions is a word which joins two words or sentences. ªÁPÀåUÀ¼À£ÀÄß CxÀªÁ ±À§ÝUÀ¼À£ÀÄß
eÉÆÃr¸ÀÄªÀ ¥ÀzÀPÉÌ ¸ÀªÀÄÄZÀÒAiÀÄ¨ÉÆÃzsÀPÀ J£ÀÄßªÀgÀÄ.
Examples:
1. I took lunch with Ravi and Raghu.

£Á£ÀÄ gÀ« ªÀÄvÀÄÛ gÁWÀÄ eÉÆvÉ HlªÀ£ÀÄß ªÀiÁrzÉ£ÀÄ.
2. The trip is cancelled because it’s raining.
¥ÀAzÀåªÀÅ gÀzÁÝVzÉ KPÉAzÀgÉ ªÀÄ¼É §gÀÄwÛzÉ. /ªÀÄ¼ÉAiÀÄ PÁgÀt¢AzÁV ¥ÀAzÀåªÀÅ gÀzÁÝVzÉ.
3. She didn’t press the bell but I did.
CªÀ¼ÀÄ WÀAmÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ¸À¥Àà½¸À°®è DzÀgÉ £Á£ÀÄ ªÀiÁrzÉ.
Some useful conjunctions for daily usages.
1) Conjunctions Concession: jAiÀiÁ¬Äw PÀÄjvÀÄ ºÉÃ¼ÀÄªÁUÀ.

1. Though 2. Although 3. Even though
Examples:
1. Though he is a hard worker he fails some times.
2. Although you are not interested in it you have to be here.
3. Even though she likes him she hesitates to tell.
Concession
4. 1) CªÀ£ÉÆ§â ±Àæ«ÄPÀ£ÁVzÀÝgÀÆ PÉ®ªÉÇªÉÄä «¥sÀ®ªÁUÀÄvÁÛ£É.
5. 2) ¤£ÀUÉ EzÀgÀ°è D¸ÀQÛ¬Ä®è¢zÁÝUÀÆå PÀÆqÀ ¤Ã£ÀÄ C°ègÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ.
6. 3) CªÀ¼ÀÄ CªÀ£À£ÀÄß EµÀÖ¥ÀqÀÄvÁÛ¼É DzÁUÀÆå ¸À»vÀ ºÉÃ¼À®Ä »AdjAiÀÄÄvÁÛ¼É.
2) Conjunctions Condition PÀgÁgÀÄ/µÀgÀvÀÄÛ PÀÄjvÀÄ ºÉÃ¼ÀÄªÁUÀ

1. If 4. In case (that)
2. Unless 5. Until
3. Even if
Examples:
1. If I know his contact number I will tell you.
2. Unless you put your effort you can’t get success.
3. You must go tomorrow even if you are not ready.
4. In case of fire, please use the stairs.
5. No, they don't talk to me until I talk to them.
6. Even if she loses her job, she will still have a job in education.
Condition
1. £À£ÀUÉ CªÀ£À£ÀÄß ¸ÀA¥ÀQð¸ÀÄªÀ ¸ÀASÉå w½zÀgÉ £Á£ÀÄ ¤£ÀUÉ ºÉÃ¼ÀÄªÉ£ÀÄ.
2. ¤Ã£ÀÄ ¥ÀæAiÀÄvÀßªÀ£ÀÄß ªÀiÁqÀzÀ ºÉÆgÀvÀÄ AiÀÄ±À¸Àì£ÀÄß ¥ÀqÉAiÀÄÄªÀÅ¢®è.
3. ¤Ã£ÀÄ vÀAiÀiÁjAiÀiÁVgÀ¢zÀÝgÀÄ ¸À»vÀ ¤Ã£ÀÄ £Á¼É ºÉÆÃUÀ¯É¨ÉÃPÀÄ.
4. ¨ÉAQ ºÀwÛPÉÆAqÀ ¸ÀAzÀ¨sÀðzÀ°è ªÉÄnÖ®ÄUÀ¼À£ÀÄß G¥ÀAiÉÆÃV¹j.
5. £Á£ÀÄ CªÀgÉÆA¢UÉ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀÄªÀ vÀ£ÀPÀ CªÀgÀÄ £À£ÉÆßA¢UÉ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀÄªÀÅ¢®è.
6. CªÀ¼ÀÄ vÀ£Àß ¸ÀzÀåzÀ GzÉÆåÃUÀªÀ£ÀÄß PÀ¼ÉzÀÄPÉÆAqÀgÀÄ PÀÆqÁ, ±ÉÊPÀëtÂPÀ gÀAUÀ/PÉëÃvÀæzÀ°è GzÉÆåÃUÀªÀ£ÀÄß
¥ÀqÉAiÀÄÄªÀ¼ÀÄ.
3) Conjunctions Comparison ºÉÆÃ°PÉ PÀÄjvÀÄ ºÉÃ¼ÀÄªÁUÀ
1. Than 3. Whether
2. Rather than 4. As much as
Examples:
1. she is not more than you.
2. We ought to invest in machinery rather than buildings.
3. He spent all his paycheck on clothes, whether that was smart or not.
4. As much as I like cricket, I like football.
Comparison
1. CªÀ¼ÀÄ ¤£ÀVAvÀ ºÉZÉÑÃ£À®è.
2. £ÁªÀÅ PÀlÖqÀUÀ¼ÀVAvÀ AiÀÄAvÉÆæÃ¥ÀPÀgÀtUÀ¼À°è §AqÀªÁ¼ÀªÀ£ÀÄß «¤AiÉÆÃV¸À¨ÉÃPÀÄ.
3. CªÀ£ÀÄ vÀ£Àß ¸ÀA§¼ÀªÀ£Éß®è (¸ÀA§¼À ºÀtzÀ ºÀÄAr) §mÉÖUÀ¼À RjÃ¢UÁV «¤AiÉÆÃV¹zÀ CzÀÄ
M¼ÉîAiÀÄzÉÆÃ PÉlÖzÉÆÝÃ, £À£ÀUÉ UÉÆÃwÛ®è.
4. QæPÉmï£ÀÄß EµÀÖ ¥ÀqÀÄªÀµÀÄÖ £Á£ÀÄ ¥sÀÄmï¨Á¯ï£ÀÄß EµÀÖ¥ÀqÀÄvÉÛÃ£É.
4) Conjunctions Time ªÉÃ¼ÉAiÀÄ PÀÄjvÀÄ ºÉÃ¼ÀÄªÁUÀ

1. After 7. Since
2. As long as 8. Till
3. As soon as 9. Until
4. Before 10. When
5. By 11. Whenever
6. Once 12. While
Examples:
1. I will talk to you after the meeting.
2. As long as you think more you may get any clue regarding that problem.
3. Please meet me as soon as possible.
4. Come to the office before 5 pm.
5. Try to be in the function by the time of the inauguration.
6. Once you leave it you can’t get it back, so think once again.
7. I will wait till / until I hear from you.
8. When they went to the office then it happened.
9. Whenever you talik to them they will get angry on you.
10. While they were going to the market at that time they met with an accident.
Time:
1. £Á£ÀÄ ¸À¨sÉÉAiÀÄ £ÀAvÀgÀ ¤£Àß eÉÆvÉ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀÄvÉÛÃ£É.
2. ¤Ã£ÀÄ D ¸ÀªÀÄ¸ÉåAiÀÄ PÀÄjvÀÄ JµÀÄÖ «ZÁgÀ ªÀiÁqÀÄwÛÃAiÉÆ CµÀÄÖ ¤£ÀUÉ K£ÁzÀgÀÆ «ZÁgÀ
ºÉÆ¼ÉAiÀÄ§ºÀÄzÀÄ.
3. zÀAiÀÄ«lÄÖ, JµÀÄÖ ¨ÉÃUÀ ¸ÁzsÀåªÁUÀÄvÉÆÛÃ CµÀÄÖ ¨ÉÃUÀ£É £À£ÀUÉ ¨ÉÃnAiÀiÁUÀÄ/AiÀiÁVj.
4. PÀbÉÃjUÉ 5 WÀAmÉAiÉÆ¼ÀUÉ §¤ß
5. PÁgÀåPÀæªÀÄ DgÀA¨sÀªÁUÀÄªÀ 5 ¤«ÄµÀzÀ ªÀÄÄAZÉ / ªÉÆzÀ°UÉ §gÀ®Ä ¥ÀæAiÀÄwß¹j.
6. MªÉÄä ¤ÃªÀÅ EzÀ£ÀÄß PÉÊ©lÖgÉ ªÀÄgÀ½ ¹UÀzÀÄ DzÀÝjAzÀ E£ÉÆßªÉÄä «ZÁgÀ ªÀiÁr.
7. £Á£ÀÄ ¤¤ßAzÀ PÉÃ¼ÀÄªÀªÀgÉUÉ/vÀ£ÀPÀ E°èAiÉÄÃ PÁAiÀÄÄvÉÛÃ£É.
8. CªÀgÀÄ PÀbÉÃjUÉ AiÀiÁªÁUÀ ºÉÆÃzÀgÉÆÃ CªÁUÀ¯ÉÃ F WÀl£É D¬ÄvÀÄ.
9. ¤Ã£ÀÄ AiÀiÁªÁUÀ CªÀgÀ eÉÆvÉ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀÄwÛÃAiÉÆ CªÁUÉ®è CªÀgÀÄ ¤£Àß ªÉÄÃ¯É ¹mÁÖUÀÄvÁÛgÉ.
10. CªÀgÀÄ ªÀiÁgÀÄPÀmÉÖUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀÄwÛzÁÝV£À ¸ÀªÀÄAiÀÄzÀ°è C¥ÀWÁvÀªÀ£ÀÄß JzÀÄj¹zÀgÀÄ.
5) Conjunctions Reason PÁgÀt PÉÆqÀÄªÁUÀ
1. Because 4. In order (that)
2. Since 5. Why
3. So that
Examples:
1. They can’t provide such facilities to their childen because they are poor.
2. Since it is autumn, there are many leaves on the ground.
3. I’ll lend you a map so that you can find the place more easily.
4. she left work early in order to be at home with the children.
5. I don’t know why she is sad.
6) Relative Adjective ¸ÀA§AzsÀ¸ÀÆZÀPÀ w½¸ÀÄªÁUÀ

1. That 3. Whatever
2. What 4. Which
Examples:
1. This is the book that was given by Mr. Raghu.
2. I can’t guess what is in her mind.
3. We must stay united whatever happens.
4. This is the watch which one I purchased yesterday.
Adjective
1. gÀ«¬ÄAzÀ £À£ÀUÉ PÉÆqÀ¯ÁVgÀÄªÀ ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀ EzÉÃ DVzÉ/ EgÀÄvÀÛzÉ.
2. CªÀ¼À ªÀÄ£À¹ì£À¯ÉèÃ¤zÉ JAzÀÄ £À£ÀUÉ H»¸À®Ä DUÀÄªÀÅ¢®è.
3. K£ÁzÀgÀÆ ¸ÀA¨sÀ«¸À§ºÀÄzÀÄ §ºÀÄzÀÄ £ÁªÉ®è MUÀÎnÖ¤A¢gÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ.
4. £Á£ÀÄ ¤£Éß RjÃ¢¹zÀ PÉÊUÀrAiÀiÁgÀ EzÉÃ DVgÀÄvÀÛzÉ.
7) Relative Pronoun ¸ÀA§AzsÀ ¸ÀÆZÀPÀ £ÁªÀÄ/¸ÀªÀð£ÁªÀÄ¥ÀzÀUÀ½zÁÝUÀ.

1. Who 3. Whom
2. Whoever 4. Whose
Examples:
1. This is the man who killed his brother for his property.
2. I don’t bother about that man whoever he may be.
3. He is my friend Mr. Ravi whom I have given my laptop to.
4. Mr. Prakash is a doctor whose son is also a doctor.
Pronoun
1. AiÀiÁªÀ£ÀÄ D¹ÛUÁV vÀ£Àß ¸ÀºÉÆÃzÀgÀ£À£ÀÄß PÉÆAzÀ£ÉÆÃ D ªÀÄ£ÀÄμÀå EªÀ£ÉÃ EzÁÝ£É.
2. CªÀ£ÀÄ K£ÉÃ EgÀ° / AiÀiÁgÉÃ EgÀ° £Á£ÀÄ CªÀ£À §UÉÎ vÀ¯ÉPÉr¹PÉÆ¼ÀÄîªÀÅ¢®è.
3. £À£Àß UÀtPÀAiÀÄAvÀæªÀ£ÀÄß AiÀiÁªÀ ¸ÉßÃ»vÀ¤UÉ PÉÆnÖgÀÄªÉ£ÉÆÃ D ¸ÉßÃ»vÀ£ÉÃ F gÀ«.
4. ¥ÀæPÁ±À J£ÀÄßªÀ AiÀiÁªÀ ªÀåQÛ ªÉÊzÀå¤gÀÄªÀ£ÉÆÃ CªÀ£À ªÀÄUÀ£ÀÆ ¸À»vÀ ªÉÊzÀå¤zÁÝ£É.
8) Conjunctions Manner «zsÁ£À/ jÃw PÀÄjvÀÄ ºÉÃ¼ÀÄªÁUÀ

1. How 2. As if
Examples:
1. please show me how to do this.
2. He behaves as if he is a co-ordinator of this department.
Manner:
1. zÀAiÀÄ«lÄÖ EzÀ£ÀÄß ºÉÃUÉ ªÀiÁqÀ¨ÉÃPÉAzÀÄ £À£ÀUÉ vÉÆÃj¹
2. CªÀ£ÀÄ, ¸ÀévÀB vÁ£ÉÃ F «¨sÁUÀzÀ ¸ÀAAiÉÆÃd£Á¢üPÁjAiÀÄAvÉ ªÀwð¸ÀÄvÁÛ£É.
9) Correlative Conjunctions ¸ÀºÀ¸ÀA§AzsÀ ¸ÀÆZÀPÀ w½¸ÀÄªÁUÀ.
1. As . . . As 7. If . . . Then
2. Both . . . And 8. Not . . . But
3. Hardly . . . When 9. Whether . . . Or
4. Scarcely . . . When 10. Not only . . . But also
5. Either . . . Or 11. No sooner . . . Than
6. Neither . . . Nor 12. Rather . . . Than
Examples:
1. it’s not as good as that one, really.
2. They are both hard and smart wotkers.
3. Hardly had I reached the station when the train steamed off.
4. Scarcely had she finished reading when she fell asleep.
5. My brother will buy either a car or a scooter.
6. They can neither read nor write English.
7. If you want money now only then you have to make a promise.
8. They are not poor in English but in maths.
9. They gave up their effort, whether that’s a good decision or not, I don’t know.
10. Prakash Rai is not only an actor but also director.
11. No sooner had they reached their home than the children prepared food.
12. I decided to write rather than phoning.
Corelative conjunctions
1. ¤dªÁVAiÉÆ EzÀÄ CzÀgÀμÀÄÖ ZÉ£ÁßV®è.
2. CªÀj§âgÀÆ ±ÀæªÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ZÀvÀÄgÀ PÉ®¸ÀÀUÁgÀgÀÄ.
3. AiÀiÁªÁUÀ GV§Ar ºÉÆgÀlÄ ¤AwvÉÆÛÃ CªÁUÀ £Á£ÀÄ ¤¯ÁÝtPÉÌ vÀ®Ä¦zÉÝ£ÀÄ.
4. AiÀiÁªÁUÀ CªÀ½UÉ ¤zÉæ §A¢vÉÆÃ/ CªÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄ®VzÀ¼ÉÆÃ CªÁUÀ¯ÉÃ CªÀ¼ÀÄ NzÀÄªÀÅzÀ£ÀÄß
ªÀÄÄV¹zÀÝ¼ÀÄ.
5. £À£Àß ¸ÀºÉÆÃzÀgÀ MAzÀÄ PÁgÀ£ÉÆßÃ CxÀªÁ ¢éZÀPÀæªÁºÀ£ÀªÀ£ÉÆßÃ RjÃ¢¸ÀÄvÁÛ£É.
6. CªÀ¤UÉ DAUÀè ¨sÁμÉ NzÀ®Ä §gÉAiÀÄ®Ä §gÀÄªÀÅ¢®è.
7. ¤£ÀUÉ FUÀ¯ÉÃ zÀÄqÀÄØ /ºÀt ¨ÉÃQzÀÝgÉ ¤Ã£ÀÄ £À£ÀUÉÆAzÀÄ ¥ÀæªÀiÁt ªÀiÁqÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ/ªÀZÀ£ÀPÉÆqÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ.
8. CªÀgÀÄ EAVèÃμï/DAUÀè ¨sÁμÉAiÀÄ°è £ÀÆå£ÀåvÉ ºÉÆA¢®è DzÀgÉ UÀtÂvÀzÀ°è £ÀÆå£ÀåvÉ ºÉÆA¢gÀÄªÀgÀÄ.
9. CªÀgÀÄ vÀªÀÄä ¥ÀæAiÀÄvÀßªÀ£ÀÄß ©lÄÖPÉÆlÖgÀÄ, CzÀÄ M¼ÀîAiÀÄzÁVvÉÆÛÃ CxÀªÁ PÉlÖzÁVvÉÆÛÃ £ÁPÁuÉ.
10. ¥ÀæPÁ±À gÉÊ PÉÃªÀ® M§â £ÀlgÀ°è CªÀgÉÆ§â ¤zÉðÃ±ÀPÀgÀÆ ºËzÀÄ.
11. CªÀgÀÄ ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ºÉÆÃzÀ PÀÆqÀ¯ÉÃ ªÀÄPÀÌ¼ÀÄ CqÀÄUÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß vÀAiÀiÁj¹zÀgÀÄ.
12. PÀgÉ ªÀiÁqÀÄªÀÅzÀgÀ §zÀ®Ä £Á£ÀÄ CªÀ½UÉ ¥ÀvÀæ§gÉAiÀÄ¨ÉÃPÉAzÀÄ ¤zsÀðj¹zÉÝÃ£É.
10) Similar to And ªÀÄvÀÄÛ JA§ CxÀðªÀ£ÀÄß w½¸ÀÄªÁUÀ

1. Also 4. Likewise
2. Besides 5. Moreover
3. Furthermore
Examples:
1. Actually, its cheap and also good.
2. There is a teacher in the class besides 15 students.
3. The gods thundered in the heavens; furthermore, the mortals below cowered in
fear.
4. Moreover this leads you towards your destination
And
1. ¤dªÁVAiÀÄÄ EzÀÄ CUÀÎ ºÁUÀÆ M¼ÉîAiÀÄzÀÆ EzÉ.
2. 15 d£À «zÁåyðUÀ¼ÉÆA¢UÉ vÀgÀUÀwAiÀÄ°è M§â ²PÀëPÀgÀÆ EzÁÝgÉ.
3. zÉÃªÀgÀÄ ¸ÀéUÀðzÀ°è UÀÄqÀÄVzÀ£ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀÄvÀåðgÀÄ ¨sÀAiÀÄzÀ°è £ÀqÀÄVzÀgÀÄ.
4. ºÉZÁÑV EzÀÄ ¤ªÀÄä£ÀÄß ¤ªÀÄä UÀÄjAiÉÄqÉUÉ /UÀªÀÄåPÉÌ vÀ®Ä¦¸ÀÄvÀÛzÉ.
11) Similar to But DzÀgÉ JA§ CxÀðªÀ£ÀÄß w½¸ÀÄªÁUÀ
1. Nevertheless 4. Instead
2. However 5. Rather
3. Otherwise
Examples:
1. I woke up very late this morning. Nevertheless, I wasn’t late to school.
2. There are many history books; however, none of them may be accurate.
3. The law does not permit drinking and driving anytime; otherwise,
there would be many more accidents.
4. She didn’t take a bus to work today. Instead, she drove her car.
5. It ought to be you rather than me that signs the letter.
But
1. £Á£ÀÄ ±Á¯ÉUÉ AiÀiÁªÁUÀ®Æ vÀqÀªÁV §A¢®è DzÀgÉ EªÀvÀÄÛ vÀqÀªÁV JZÀÑgÀªÁVvÀÄÛ.
2. ¸ÁPÀµÀÄÖ EwºÁ¸ÀzÀ ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀUÀ½ªÉ DzÀgÉ AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉÆAzÀÄ ¤RgÀªÁV®è.
3. ªÀÄzsÀå¥Á£À ªÀiÁr ªÁºÀ£À ZÀ¯Á¬Ä¸ÀÄªÀÅzÀ£ÀÄß PÁ£ÀÆ£ÀÄ AiÀiÁªÁUÀ®Æ M¦à PÉÆ¼ÀÄîªÀÅ¢®è, MAzÀÄ
ªÉÃ¼É M¦àzÉÝÃ DzÀgÉ ¸ÁPÀμÀÄÖ CªÀWÀqÀUÀ¼ÁVgÀÄwÛzÀÝªÀÅ.
4. §¹ì£À°è (ªÉÆÃmÁgÀÄ UÁrAiÀÄ°è) PÀbÉÃjUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÀ §zÀ®Ä CªÀ¼ÀÄ D¦üÃ¹UÉ PÁj£À°è ºÉÆÃzÀ¼ÀÄ.
¥ÀvÀæPÉÌ ¸À» ªÀiÁqÀ¨ÉÃQgÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ £Á£À®è DzÀgÉ ªÀiÁqÀ¨ÉÃPÁVgÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ ¤Ã£ÀÄ.
12) Similar to So ºÁUÁV JA§ CxÀðªÀ£ÀÄß w½¸ÀÄªÁUÀ
1. Consequently
2. Accordingly
3. Therefore
4. Meanwhile
Examples:
1. The thunder and lightning were intense; consequently, the crowd dispersed.
2. He was accordingly very interested in folk music.
3. The mortgage was not paid, therefore the bank foreclosed.
4. Jack wants a toy car for his birthday. Meanwhile, Jill wants a dollhouse for her
birthday.
So
1. «ÄAZÀÄ UÀÄqÀÄUÀUÀ¼ÀÄ wÃªÀæªÁVzÀÝjAzÁV d£À ªÀÄAzÉAiÀÄÄ ZÀzÀÄjvÀÄ.
2. DzÀÝjAzÀ CªÀ¼ÀÄ eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ ¸ÀAVÃvÀzÀ°è ºÉZÀÄÑ D¸ÀPÀÛ¼ÁVzÀÝ¼ÀÄ.
3. CqÀªÀiÁ£ÀªÀ£ÀÄß wÃj¸À¯ÁUÀ°®è ºÁUÁV ¨ÁåAPï (ºÀtPÁ¹£À ¸ÀA¸ÉÜ) CzÀ£ÀÄß ªÀÄÄlÄÖUÉÆÃ®Ä
ºÁQPÉÆArvÀÄ.
4. eÁPïUÉ vÀ£Àß ºÀÄlÄÖºÀ§âPÉÌ DnUÉ PÁgÀÄ ¨ÉÃPÀÄ DzÀgÉ fªÀiïUÉ CªÀ¼À ºÀÄlÄÖºÀ§âPÉ qÁ¯ï ºË¸ï
¨ÉÃPÁVzÉ.
Some more Examples:

1. Ravi didn’t go to work yesterday because he was ill. [reason]
2. As he was feeling unwell, Ravi didn’t go to work yesterday. [cause, reason; more
formal than because]
3. I’ll lend you my car so that you can reach the place more easily. [reason]
4. I’ll call you as soon as I get home. [time]
5. I’ll wait until you arrive. [time]
6. Did he say anything before he left? [time]
7. The baby gets very grumpy whenever he’s tired. [time]
8. If he doesn’t change his attitude, he’ll lose his job. [condition]
9. Even if you win a million dollars, it doesn’t mean you’ll be happy. [condition]
10. Akbar is tall and blond, whereas his brother is short and has dark hair.
[comparison]
11. Prem is very tall, although he’s not as tall as his father yet. [comparison]
12. Although they’re poor, they’re happy. [concession]
13. Even though he’s rich, I’m not sure that he’s happy. [concession]
Answers :
1. gÀ«UÉ ¤£Éß ªÉÄÊ ºÀÄμÁjgÀ°®è DzÀÝjAzÀ ¤£Éß PÉ®¸ÀPÉÌ ºÉÆÃUÀ°®

2) ¤£Àß gÀ«UÉ DgÉÆÃUÀå KgÀÄ¥ÉÃgÁVzÀÝjAzÁV PÉ®¸ÀPÉÌ ºÉÆÃUÀ®Ä DUÀ°®è.
3) £Á£ÀÄ ¤£ÀUÉ £À£Àß PÁgÀ£ÀÄß (ªÁºÀ£ÀªÀ£ÀÄß) PÀÆqÀÄvÉÛÃ£É »ÃUÁV ¤Ã£ÀÄ ¸ÀgÀ¼ÀªÁV ¸ÀÜ¼ÀªÀ£ÀÄß
vÀ®Ä¥À§ºÀÄzÀÄ.
4) £Á£ÀÄ ªÀÄ£É vÀ®Ä¦zÀ PÀÆqÀ¯ÉÃ ¤£ÀUÉ PÀgÉ ªÀiÁqÀÄªÉ£ÀÄ.
5) ¤Ã£ÀÄ §gÀÄªÀªÀgÉUÉ £Á£ÀÄ PÁAiÀÄÄªÉ£ÀÄ.
6) CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆgÀqÀÄªÀ ªÀÄÄAZÉ K£ÁzÀgÀÄ ºÉÃ½zÀ£É?
7) ªÀÄUÀÄªÀÅ AiÀiÁªÁUÀ zÀtÂAiÀÄvÉÆÛÃ DªÁUÀ CzÀÄ ¹qÀÄPÀÄvÀÛzÉ/PÉÆÃ¥ÀUÉÆ¼ÀÄîvÀÛzÉ.
8) CªÀ£ÀÄ vÀ£ÀßªÀvÀð£ÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß §zÀ°¹PÉÆ¼Àî¢zÀÝgÉ vÀ£Àß PÉ®¸ÀªÀ£ÀÄß PÀ¼ÉzÀÄPÉÆ¼ÀÄîªÀ£ÀÄ.
9) ¤Ã£ÀÄ PÉÆÃnUÀlÖ¯ÉÃ ºÀt UÉzÀÝgÀÆ ¸ÀAvÉÆÃμÀ¢AzÀ EgÀ§¯Éè JAzÀÄ CxÉÊð¹PÉÆ¼Àî¯ÁUÀzÀÄ
10) CPÀâgÀ ¤Ã¼À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ £À¸ÀÄºÉÆA§tÚzÀªÀ£ÀÄ DzÀgÉ CªÀ£À ¸ÀºÉÆÃzÀgÀ£ÀÄ PÀÄ¼ÀîUÉ & PÀ¥ÀÄà PÀÆzÀ°£À
PÁAiÀÄzÀªÀ£ÀÄ.
11) ¥ÉæÃªÀiï vÀÄA§ JvÀÛgÀ EzÁÝ£É DzÁUÀÆå CªÀ£À vÀAzÉAiÀÄμÀÄÖ JvÀÛgÀªÁV®è.
12) CªÀgÀÄ §qÀªÀjzÁÝUÀÆå ¸ÀAvÉÆÃμÀ¢A¢gÀÄªÀgÀÄ.
13) CªÀ£ÀÄ ¹jªÀAvÀ£ÁVzÀÝgÀÆ ¸ÀAvÀ¸À¢A¢zÁÝ£É JAzÀÄ £À£ÀUÉÃ£ÀÄ SÁwæ E®è.
Some more examples:
1. They are eating a lot because they haven’t eaten anything for three days.
2. Refer this book so that you can score more marks.
3. As I left the house I remembered the key.
4. As they came to the class the teacher started scolding them.
5. Before you sign this read once this paper.
6. Don’t have tea after meal.
7. Take rest until you get well soon.
8. As soon as I entered the room I saw him.
9. Unless you work hard you can’t get success.
10. If I see him I will let you know.
11. Eventhough he is week he can defeat him.
12. You must go tomorrow even if you are not ready.
13. Even if you don’t like him you should still be polite.
14. Eventhough it is tough you have to solve it.
15. Although you are not interested in the game you have to play.
16. She has to obey the senior’s order whereas she doesn’t like to do.
Answers
1) CªÀgÀÄ vÀÄA¨Á w£ÀÄßwÛzÁÝgÉ KPÉAzÀgÉ ªÀÄÆgÀÄ ¢£ÀUÀ½AzÀ K£À£ÀÄß wA¢®è.

2) F ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀªÀ£ÀÄß DzsÀj¸ÀÄ CzÀjAzÀ ¤Ã£ÀÄ ºÉZÀÄÑ CAPÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¥ÀqÉAiÀÄÄ§ºÀÄzÀÄ.
3) £Á£ÀÄ ªÀÄ£É ©lÄÖ ºÉÆgÀl vÀPÀët ©ÃUÀzÀ PÉÊAiÀÄ£ÀÄß £É£À¦¹PÉÆAqÉ.
4) CªÀgÀÄ vÀgÀUÀwUÉ §AzÀ vÀPÀët ²PÀëPÀgÀÄ CªÀjUÉ ¨ÉÊAiÀÄ®Ä ±ÀÄgÀÄ ªÀiÁrPÉÆAqÀgÀÄ.
5) ¤ÃªÀÅ ¸À» ªÀiÁqÀÄªÀ ªÀÄÄAZÉ F ¥ÀvÀæªÀ£ÉÆßªÉÄä/§gÀªÀtÂUÉAiÀÄ£ÉÆßªÉÄä N¢j.
6) HlzÀ £ÀAvÀgÀ ZÀºÁ PÀÄrAiÀÄ¨ÉÃrj.
7) ¤ªÀÄä DgÉÆÃUÀå ¸ÀÄzsÁj¸ÀÄªÀªÀgÉUÉ «±ÁæAwAiÀÄ£ÀÄß vÉUÉzÀÄPÉÆ½î.
8) £Á£ÀÄ PÉÆÃuÉAiÉÆ¼ÀUÉ §AzÀ vÀgÀÄªÁAiÀÄ CªÀ£À£ÀÄß £ÉÆÃrzÉ£ÀÄ/PÀAqÉ£ÀÄ.
9) ¤Ã£ÀÄ PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÀzÀ ºÉÆgÀvÀÄ AiÀÄ±À¸ÀÄì ¥ÀqÉAiÀÄÄªÀÅ¢®è.
10) £Á£ÀÄ CªÀ£À£ÀÄß PÀAqÀgÉ ¤£ÀUÉ w½¸ÀÄªÉ£ÀÄ.
11) CªÀ£ÀÄ D±ÀPÀÛ£ÁVzÀÝgÀÆ PÀÆqÀ CªÀ£À£ÀÄß ¸ÉÆÃ°¸À§®è£ÀÄ.
12) ¤£ÀUÉ PÉ®¸À«zÁÝUÀÆå ¸À»vÀ ¤Ã£ÀÄ £Á¼É ºÉÆÃUÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ.
13) CªÀ£À£ÀÄß EμÀÖ¥ÀqÀ¢zÁÝUÀ®Æ ¸À»vÀ ¤Ã£ÀÄ CªÀ¤UÉ «£ÀªÀÄæªÁVgÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ.
14) ¤£ÀUÉ DlzÀ°è EμÀÖ«gÀ¢zÁÝUÀÆå ¸À»vÀ DlªÁqÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ..
15) CªÀ½UÉ D jÃw ªÀiÁqÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ EμÀÖ«gÀ¢zÀÝgÀÆ vÀ£Àß »jAiÀÄgÀ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÀÄß PÉÃ¼À¨ÉÃPÀÄ.
Exercise 11
1.Receptionists must be able to relay information ______ pass messages accurately.

(A) or (B) and (C) but (D) because
2.I did not go to the show ______ I had already seen it.
(A) until (B) because (C) so (D) but
3.Mary is a member of the Historical Society ______ the Literary Society.

(A) as (B) or (C) and (D) but
4.Read over your answers ______ correct all mistakes before you pass them up.
(A) or (B) and (C) because (D) while
5.Keep the food covered ______ the flies will contaminate it.
(A) or (B) and (C) until (D) though
6.______ he is thin, he is strong.

(A) But (B) As (C) Though (D) Because
7.Susie ______ phoned ______ wrote after she left home.

(A) either, or (B) neither, nor (C)while, and (D)though, or
8.She had an unpleasant experience ______ she was in Thailand.

(A) but (B) and (C) because (D) while
9.The committee rejected the proposal ______ they did not think it was practical.
(A) or (B) but (C) though (D) because
10.John welcomed his guests ______ offered them drinks.

(A) and (B) while (C) until (D) as
Exercise 12
Join each pair of the following sentences by means of a suitable conjunction.
1. James smokes. His brother does not smoke.

2. Alice hasn’t come. Mary hasn’t come.
3. She speaks English. She speaks Spanish.
4. I like him. He is very sincere.
5. He did not win. He worked hard.
6. She is ill. She is cheerful.
7. We decided to go out. It was raining.
8. The piper played. The children danced.
9. James works hard. His brother is lazy.
10. I went to the shop. I bought some vegetables.
11. You must start at once. You will be late.
12. He must be tired. He has been working since morning.
Exercise 13
Fill in the blanks with suitable conjunctions
1. I need to work hard _______I can pass the exam.

2. _______he was the best candidate, he didn't win the elections.
3. _______you come back from your trip, we'll meet to discuss the problem.
4. They said that the movie was fantastic, _______I watched it.
5. _______he was very ill, he didn't take any medicine.
6. I don't know _______ I can buy a pair of jeans.
7. She went to the shops _______ co couldn’t find anything that could fit her needs.
8. Everybody likes him because he is nice _______ helpful.
9. _______ he was angry with her, he didn't utter a word.
10. Keep quiet _______ go out.
Topic 4.h: Interjections.
Interjections are small words that bear no grammatical connection with the
sentences in which they are used. They express the emotions or sentiments of the
speaker or convey hesitation or protest. They are usually followed by an exclamation
mark. (See the the topic 1: sentences, Exclamatory sentences)
Since many interjections are mainly written forms of actual sounds that were
produced by humans, they are hardly used in academic or scholarly writing, unless they
are a part of a direct quote or otherwise.
Ah! Now that’s what I call a good shot! Bravo!
Both Ah and Bravo are interjections used to show the speaker’s admiration in
the sentence. There are many different uses for various interjections; the following is a
list of the common interjections you may hear around you in daily life -
Interjections: Meaning and usages.
 Aah
Exclamation of fear.
Aah! The monster’s got me!
 Ahh
Realization or acceptance
Ahh, now I see what you mean.
 Alas.
Something horrible, sad etc
Alas! She lost her necklace.
Alas! His grandma is no more.
Alas! They died.
 Aww
Something sweet or cute
Aww! Just look at that kitten.
 Bingo
Acknowledge something as right
Bingo! That’s exactly what we were looking for!
 Eh
Question something
So that was all she said, eh?
 Eww
Something disgusting
Eww! That movie was so boring.
 Hmph
To indicate displeasure
Hmph. I could do that for half the amount he charged.
 Oh
I see/ I think
Oh, it’s been around a week since I saw her.
 Oops
Making a mistake
Oops! Sorry I didn’t see those skates there.
 Ouch
Exclamation of pain
Ouch, that hurt! Stop pinching me!
 Shh
An indication for silence
Shh! The show is about to start.
 Uh oh
Showing dismay
Uh oh! The teacher’s caught him.
 Whew
Amazement and/or relief
Whew! I can’t believe we actually finished it all.
 Wow
Expressing surprise or admiration
Wow! That’s really great news!
 Yay/Yaay
Congratulatory exclamation
I can’t believe you’re actually
 Yeah
Variant of ‘yes’
Yeah, I’d love some orange juice.
 Yikes
For fear or concern (not serious)Yikes, my mother’s home!
 Yippee
Exclamation of celebration
Yippee! We won, lets head to the bar.
Some interjections are used to stall for time or indicate that the speaker is
thinking of something. These interjections are also used when someone doesn’t know
what to say. The following is a list of these sounds or words; they are also called
Hesitation Devices -
Interjections: Meanings and usages.
 Uh
Indicates a pause/ need for more time
Wait I know this… uh… is it Ruskin Bond?
 Hmm
Thinking/Hesitating about something
Hmm, I’m not sure this colour is the best for this room.
 Er
Not knowing what to say
I don’t think…er… wait… let me call my boss.
 Um
Pausing or being skeptical
Not that I don’t believe you but, um, you say it’s a ghost?
What are tenses in English ?
Tense is a form of the verb which express time (the time of an action) it indicates
when an event or something existed or when a person did something.
Verb tenses also show when an action happened, as well as how long it occurred
There are also other aspects that give more details, such as the duration of time the action
occurred, which actions took place first, or whether a past action has an impact on the
present or not.
PÁ®UÀ¼ÄÀ QæAiÉÄUÀ¼À ¸À¤ßªÉÃ±À ºÁUÀÆ ¸ÀªÄÀ AiÀÄªÀ£ÀÄß w½¸ÀÄvÀÛªÉ. EªÀÅUÀ¼ÄÀ PÉ®¸À AiÀiÁªÀ ¸ÀªÄÀ AiÀÄzÀ°è
£Àq¬
É ÄvÀÄ, JµÀÄÖ ¸ÀªÄÀ AiÀÄzÀªÀgÉUÉ WÀn¹vÀÄ, AiÀiÁªÀ PÉ®¸À ªÉÆzÀ®Ä ºÁUÀÆ AiÀiÁªÀ PÉ®¸À D£ÀAvÀgÀ £ÀqÉ¬ÄvÀÄ
JA§ EvÁå¢ ¸ÀAUÀwUÀ¼£ À ÀÄß w½¸ÀÄvÀÛªÉ.
What are the three main types of tenses?

and why do we need them?
The past represents actions that happened earlier.
F ªÀÄÄAZÉ £Àqz
É À PÉ®¸À
The present represents actions happening now.
F ¸ÀªÀÄAiÀÄzÀ°è £ÀqA
É iÀÄÄwÛgÀÄªÀ PÉ®¸À
The future describes actions that will happen later.
PÉ®ªÀÅ ¸ÀªÄÀ AiÀÄzÀ £ÀAvÀgÀ £ÀqÉAiÀÄÄªÀ PÉ®¸À
The different types of grammatical aspects are described by using the simple
tenses, perfect tenses, continuous tenses, and perfect continuous tenses.
Past Present Future

Simple I helped my friend I help my friend I will help my friend
yesterday. every day. tomorrow.
Perfect I had helped my I have helped my I will have

friend clean his attic friend too much helped my friend a
before I fixed his this week. hundred times by
car. the end of the
month.
Continuous I was helping my I am helping my I will be helping my

friend when he friend while he friend next month
brought me iced tea. fixes up his when he moves.
house.
Perfect I had been I have been I will have been
continuous helping my friend for helping my friend helping my friend
a year before he since I moved in. for a year next
finally thanked me. month.
Simple Present Tense
The SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE is used to describe habits, unchanging situations,

general truths, and fixed arrangements.
F PÁ®ªÀ£ÀÄß ¸ÁªÀiÁ£Àå ¸ÀvåÀ UÀ¼£

À ÀÄß, ZÀlUÀ¼£
À ÀÄß, §zÀ¯ÁUÀzÀ ¸À¤ßªÉÃ±ÀU¼
À À£ÀÄß ºÁUÀÆ FUÁUÀ¯ÉÃ
¤zsÀðj¹zÀ PÉ®¸ÀU¼
À À£ÀÄß PÀÄjvÁV ºÉÃ¼ÀÄªÁUÀ §¼À¸ÀÄvÉÛÃªÉ.
Ex:
 I smoke (habit)
 I work in London (unchanging situation)
 London is a large city (general truth)
 Your exam starts at 09.00 (fixed arrangements)
The simple present is not used to express actions happening now.
Affirmatives: Sub+V1
I go £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÉÛÃ£É
We go £ÁªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÉÛÃªÉ
You go ¤Ã£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄwÛÃ /¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄwÛÃj
He goes CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ£É
She goes CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ¼É
It goes CzÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛzÉ
They go CªÀgÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛgÉ
They go CªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛªÉ
Negatives: Sub+do/does+not+V1
I don’t go £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÀÅ¢®è
We don’t go £ÁªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÀÅ¢®è
You don’t go ¤Ã£ÀÄ/¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÀÅ¢®è
He does not go CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÀÅ¢®è
She does not go CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÀÅ¢®è
It does not go CzÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÀÅ¢®è
They don’t go CªÀgÀÄ/CªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÀÅ¢®è
Interrogatives: Do/does+Sub+V1+?
Do I go ? £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÉÛÃ£ÉAiÉÄ?
Do we go ? £ÁªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÉÛÃªÉAiÉÄ?
Do you go? ¤Ã£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄwÛÃAiÀiÁ? ¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄwÛÃgÁ?
Does he go ? CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ£ÉAiÉÄ?
Doe she go? CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ¼ÉAiÉÄ?
Does it go? CzÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛzÉAiÉÄ?
Do they go? CªÀgÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛgÉAiÉÄ? CªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛªÉAiÉÄ?
Negative Interrogatives: Do/Does not+Sub+V1+?

Don’t I go? £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÀÅ¢®èªÉÃ?
Don’t we go? £ÁªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÀÅ¢¯ÉèÃ?
Don’t you go? ¤Ã£ÀÄ/¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÀÅ¢®èªÉÃ?
Doesn’t he go? CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÀÅ¢®èªÉ?
Doesn’t she go? CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÀÅ¢®èªÉ?
Doesn’t it go? CzÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÀÅ¢®èªÉ?
Don’t they go? CªÀgÀ/CªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÀÅ¢®èªÉ?
The usages of the simple present tense
For habits
 He drinks coffee at breakfast.
 She only eats chicken.
 They watch movies regularly.
For repeated actions or events

 We catch the bus to go to the office every morning.
 It rains here every afternoon in the hot season.
 They drive to Manali every summer.
For general truths

 Water freezes at zero degrees.
 The Earth rotates around the Sun.
 Her mother is Peruvian.
For instructions or directions

 Open that red packet and pour the contents into boiling water.
 You take the No.65 B bus to Hubballi and then the No.112 A to Gandhinagar.
For fixed arrangements

 His friend arrives here tomorrow.
 Our exam starts on the 25th April
With future constructions
 She'll talk to you before she departs.
 We'll submit the book to her when Lata arrives.
Exercise on the simple present tense
1. My brother ……. his favorite TV program every evening.

A. watches B. watch C. watching
2. I ….… in a small apartment near the college.

A. living B. lives C. live
3. She …..… three languages: English, French, and Spanish.

A. speak B. speaking C. speaks
4. My friend has a sister, but he doesn’t …….. a brother.

A. has B. have C. had
5. …….… your father a teacher or a policeman?

A. Is B. Does C. Are
6. My wife and I are from Canada. ………. you from?

A. Where are B. Where C. Where do
7. My sister’s name ……… Susan. She is a doctor.

A. are B. has C. is
8. I live in Rio de Janeiro. Where ……… live?

A. you B. do you C. are you
9. I ……… a very busy person. In fact, I have lots of free time.

A. do not B. not C. am not
10. We ……… swim, jog, and play sports to stay strong and healthy.
A. like B. like to C. likes
11. I usually ……… very early in the mornings.

A. get up B. gets up C. am getting up
12. My classmate ……..… in class right now, she’s in the library.

A. not B. isn’t C. doesn’t
13. I work twelve hours a day, but I ……… my job.
A. love B. loves C. loving
14. My friends ………… busy because they are on holiday.

A. isn’t B. don’t C. aren’t
15. …..…… do you usually go on holiday? (I usually go to Greece.)
A. What B. Where C. Who
Simple past Tense
Definition of Simple Past Tense
The ‘simple past tense’ is the form of a verb used to describe an action that
happened before the present time and is no longer happening. It is usually made by adding -
ed.
Affirmatives: Sub+V2
I went £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃzÉ£ÀÄ
We went £ÁªÀÅ ºÉÆÃzÉªÀÅ
You went ¤Ã£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃzÉ/¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃ¢j
He went CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃzÀ£ÀÄ
She went CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆÃzÀ¼ÀÄ
It went CzÀÄ ºÉÆÃ¬ÄvÀÄ
They went CªÀgÀÄ ºÉÆÃzÀgÀÄ/CªÀÅ ºÉÆÃzÀªÀÅ
Negatives: Sub+did+not+V1
I didn’t go £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀ°®è
We didn’t go £ÁªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀ°®è
You didn’t go ¤Ã£ÀÄ/¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀ°®è
He didn’t go CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀ°®è
She didn’t go CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀ°®è
It didn’t go CzÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀ°®è
They didn’t go CªÀÅ/CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀ°®è
Interrogatives: Did+Sub+V1+?
Did I go? £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃzÉ£É?
Did we go? £ÁªÀÅ ºÉÆÃzÉªÉ?
Did You go? ¤Ã£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃzÉAiÀiÁ?/ ¤ÃªÀ ºÉÆÃ¢gÉ?
Did he go? CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃzÀ£É?
Did She go? CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆÃzÀ¼É
Did it go? CzÀÄ ºÉÆÃ¬ÄvÉ?
Did they go? CªÀgÀÄ ºÉÆÃzÀgÉ? / CªÀÅ ºÉÆÃzÀªÉ?
Negative interrogatives: Did+not+sub+V1+?

Didn’t I go? £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀ°®èªÉ?
Didn’t we go? £ÁªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀ°®èªÉ?
Didn’t you go? ¤Ã£ÀÄ/¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀ°®èªÉ?
Didn’t he go? CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀ°®èªÉ?
Didn’t she go? CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀ°®èªÉ?
Didn’t it go? CzÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀ°®èªÉ?
Didn’t they go? CªÀgÀÄ/CªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀ°®èªÉ?
The usages of the simple past tense
Referring to an action that happened in the past
 We went to the park yesterday evening.

 I totally forgot about the meeting.
 Manu opened the door for the guests.
Referring to an action that was true for some time in the past
 Karthik played tennis when he was in school.

 Miss Mary worked as a guest lecturer at our college.
 Samantha used to love reading fantasy novels when she was younger.
Referring to an action that took place several times in the past
 I worked as an academic counsellor for six months.

 We enjoyed playing Pictionary every time we met.
 My father dropped me at school every day till I entered high school.
Exercise on the simple past tense
1. Tansen ___________ more than 600 pieces of music.

 Writes
 wrote
 writed
 was wrote
2. We _______ David in town a few days ago.

 did see
 was saw
 did saw
 saw
3. It was cold, so I _____________ the window.

 shut
 was shut
 am shut
 shutted
4. I ___________ to the cinema three times last week.

 was go
 went
 did go
 goed
5. What __________ you _________ last weekend?
 were / do
 did / did
 did / do
 do / did
6. The police ___________ me on my way home last night.

 was stop
 stopped
 stops
 stopping
7. The film wasn't very good. I _____________ it very much.

 enjoyed
 wasn't enjoy
 didn't enjoyed
 didn't enjoy
8. The bed was very uncomfortable. I ____________ sleep very well.

 didn't
 did
 wasn't
 not
9. The window was open and a bird ___________ into the room.
 fly
 flew
 was flew
 did fly
10. I __________ a lot of money yesterday. I __________ an expensive dress.

 spend / buy
 spent / buy
 spent / bought
 was spent / bought
The answer to question 1 is wrote

The answer to question 2 is saw
The answer to question 3 is shut
The answer to question 4 is went
The answer to question 5 is did / do
The answer to question 6 is stopped
The answer to question 7 is didn't enjoy
The answer to question 8 is didn't
The answer to question 9 is flew
The answer to question 10 is spent / bought
Simple future Tense
Definition of the Simple Future Tense
The simple future tense expresses what will happen after the present or it is used
when the action or event described is to occur after the time of utterance.
Affirmatives: Sub +shall/will+V1

I shall go £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÉ£ÀÄ
We shall go £ÁªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÉªÀÅ
You will go ¤Ã£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÉ / ¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄ«j
He will go CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÀ£ÀÄ
She will go CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÀ¼ÀÄ
It will go CzÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ
They will go CªÀgÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÀgÀÄ / CªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÀªÀÅ.
Negatives: Sub+shall/will+not+V1
I shall not go £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÀÅ¢®è.
We shall not go £ÁªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÀÅ¢®è.
You will not go ¤Ã£ÀÄ/¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÀÅ¢®è
He will not go CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÀÅ¢®è.
She will not go CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÀÅ¢®è.
It will not go CzÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÀÅ¢®è.
They will not go CªÀgÀÄ/CªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÀÅ¢®è.
Interrogatives: Shall / Will+sub+V1+?

Shall I go? £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÉ£É?
Shall we go? £ÁªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÉªÉ?
Will you go? ¤Ã£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÉAiÀiÁ? ¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄ«gÉ?
Will he go? CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÀ£É?
Will she go? CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÀ¼É?
Will it go? CzÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÀÅzÉ?
Will they go? CªÀgÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÀgÉ? CªÀÅ ºÉÆUÀÄªÀªÉ?
Negative Interrogatives: Shall/will+not+sub+V1+?

Shall not I go? £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÀÅ¢®èªÉ?
Shall not we go? £ÁªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÀÅ¢®èªÉ?
Will not you go? ¤Ã£ÀÄ/¤ªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÀÅ¢®èªÉ?
Will not he go? CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÀÅ¢®èªÉ?
Will not she go? CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÀÅ¢®èªÉ?
Will not it go? CzÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÀÅ¢®èªÉ?
Will not they go? CªÀgÀÄ/CªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÀÅ¢®èªÉ?
The usages of the simple future tense
Representing events or actions that are about to happen in the near future
 Danny and Sid will go to the gym in the evening.
 Agnes will be here in an hour.
Making guesses or predictions about the future

 The weather forecast said that there will be hail storms tomorrow.
 I guess the red curtain will look good for the backdrop.
Expressing a factual statement about the future

 The house they are looking for will cost them a fortune.
 The country will see a change in the weather next month like it has never before.
Asking questions about the future

 Will you be able to complete it in time?
 Won’t she be ready to give the chief guest address on the annual day?
Thinking about future consequences, possibilities or conditions

 Larry told me that he will be able to come to the party only if his sister agrees to
drop him off at the venue.
 If she does not take this seriously, she will get into a lot of trouble.
Giving orders or commands

 You will have to submit all your assignments by Monday.
 You will need to provide all the supporting documents if you want the loan to be
sanctioned as soon as possible.
Exercise on the simple future tense
1. He _____ arrive on time.

 will
 is
 not
2. Will your folks _____ before Tuesday?
 leaving
 leave
 leaves
3. We _____ get there until after dark.

 will
 won't
 will'nt
4. We will _____ what your father says.
 see
 to see
 seeing
5. I don't ________ go swimming today.

 think I
 think I'll
 thinking
6. It ________ tomorrow.
 will snow
 snows
 is snowing
7. We won't ________ until we get there.

 knowing
 have know
 know
8. I ________ back before Friday.

 'll be
 will
 am being
9. Will you _____ at the rehearsal on Saturday?

 go
 be
 have
10. I'm going to the grocery store. I think _____ buy a turkey.
 I've
 I'll
 I'd
Answers
1. will 8. 'll be
2. leave 9. be
3. won't 10. I'll
4. see
5. think I'll
6. will snow
7. know
present continuous Tense
Definition of the Present Continuous Tense

The present continuous tense defines the verb form used for actions or events that
are happening or developing now.
Affirmatives: Sub + am/is/are+V1+ing

I am going £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄwÛzÉÝÃ£É/ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EzÉÝÃ£É
We are going £ÁªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄwÛzÉÝÃªÉ
You are going ¤Ã£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ E¢ÝÃ /¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ E¢ÝÃj.
He is going CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄwÛzÁÝ£É
She is going CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄwÛzÁÝ¼É
It is going CzÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄwÛzÉ
They are going CªÀgÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄwÛzÁÝgÉ/ CªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EªÉ.
Negatives: Sub +am/is/are+not+V1+ing.

I am not going £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ E®è
We are not going £ÁªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ E®è
You are not going. ¤Ã£ÀÄ / ¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ E®è
He is not going CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ E®è
She is not going CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ E®è
It is not going CzÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ E®è
They are not going CªÀgÀÄ/CªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ E®è
Interrogatives: Am/Is/Are+Sub+V1+ing+?
Am I going? £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄwÛzÀÝ£ÉÃAiÉÄ?
Are we going? £ÁªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄwÛzÉÝÃªÉAiÉÄÃ?
Are you going? ¤Ã£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄwÛ¢ÝÃAiÀiÁ? ¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄwÛ¢ÝÃgÁ?
Is he going? CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄwÛzÁÝ£ÉAiÉÄ?
Is she going? CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄwÛzÁÝ¼ÉAiÉÄ?
Is it going? CzÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄwÛzÉAiÉÄ?
Are they going? CªÀgÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄwÛzÁÝgÉAiÉÄ? / CªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄwÛªÉAiÉÄ?
Negative interrogatives: Am/Is/Are +not+sub+V1+ing+?

Amn’t I going? £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ E®èªÉ?
Aren’t we going? £ÁªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ E®èªÉ?
Aren’t you going? ¤Ã£ÀÄ/¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ E®èªÉ?
Isn’t he going? CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ E®èªÉ?
Isn’t she going? CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ E®èªÉ?
Isn’t it going? CzÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ E®èªÉ?
Aren’t they going? CªÀgÀÄ/CªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ E®èªÉ?
The usages of the present continuous tense
It is used to represent an action that is happening or progressing in the moment
that the speaker is speaking.
For example:
 My son is working on his science project.
 Santana is singing Don’t Rain on my Parade.
It is used to depict a future event or arrangement.

For example:
 What are you planning to do tomorrow?
 I heard that Rachel is moving to Paris next month.
It is used to denote an action that is going on or continuing at the time of speaking.

For example:
 Is she still working at the National Institute of Medical Sciences?
 I am currently taking guitar lessons so that I could play for your wedding.
Exercise on the present continuous tense

1. _____ they coming over for dinner?
 Is
 Are
 Am
2. Maxwell _____ not sleeping on our sofa.

 is
 are
 am
3. My mother-in-law is _____ at our house this week.

 stay
 staying
 be staying
4. I _____ my dinner right now.
 eat
 eating
 am eating
5. My sister _____ Spanish.

 learn
 is learning
 learning
6. I _____ at the hair salon until September.
 work
 be working
 am working
7. We _____ at a fancy restaurant tonight. Jason decided this yesterday.

 eat
 are eating
 eats
8. Why ________ playing football tomorrow?

 he not is
 he isn't
 isn't he
9. They are _____ a new shopping mall downtown.

 opening
 openning
 oppening
10. Melissa is _____ down on her bed.

 lieing
 liying
 lying
Answers
1. Are 6. am working
2. is 7. are eating
3. staying 8. isn't he
4. am eating 9. opening
5. is learning 10. lying
11. I am _______ a sandwich now.

 eats
 eating
 not eat
 eat
12. I am busy right now. I _______ breakfast.

 am have
 have
 having
 am having
13. My daughter _________ studying English at Istanbul University.
 is
 does
 do
 not
14. _____ you waiting for a bus?

 Do
 Are
 Does
 Is
15. What _____________? It looks awful.

 do you drinking
 are you drink
 are you drinking
 does you drink
16. We ________ enjoying our holiday here so much.

 don't
 are
 is
 doesn't
17. What _____ John ___________ at the moment?

 does / do
 is / do
 are / doing
 is / doing
18. I ___________ sitting down at the moment.

 am not
 are not
 is
 don't
19. Don't disturb him. He __________.
 sleeps
 is sleeping
 is sleep
 sleep
20. They are ___________ their coats..
 not
 put on
 putting on
 doesn't put
The answer to question 11 is eating
The answer to question 12 is am having
The answer to question 13 is is
The answer to question 14 is are
The answer to question 15 is are you drinking
The answer to question 16 is are
The answer to question 17 is is / doing
The answer to question 18 is am not
The answer to question 19 is is sleeping
The answer to question 20 is putting on
past continuous Tense
Definition of the Past Continuous Tense
The past continuous tense is defined the grammatical form used for an action that
someone was doing or an event that was happening at a particular time.
Affirmatives: Sub+was/were+V1+ing
I was going £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EzÉÝ£ÀÄ
We were going £ÁªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EzÉÝªÀÅ
You were going ¤Ã£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EzÉÝ / ¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ E¢Ýj
He was going CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EzÀÝ£ÀÄ
She was going CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EzÀÝ¼ÀÄ
It was going CzÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EvÀÄÛ
They were going CªÀgÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EzÀÝgÀÄ / CªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EzÀÝªÀÅ
Negatives: Sub +was/were+not+V1+ing

I wasn’t going £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ E¢Ý®è
We weren’t going £ÁªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ E¢Ý®è
You weren’t going ¤Ã£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ E¢Ý®è / ¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ E¢Ý®è
He wasn’t going CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ E¢Ý®è
She wasn’t going CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ E¢Ý®è
It wasn’t going CzÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ E¢Ý®è
They weren’t going CªÀgÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ E¢Ý®è / CªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ E¢Ý®
Interrogatives: Was/Were+sub+V1+ing+?
Was I going? £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EzÉÝ£É?
Were we going? £ÁªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EzÉÝªÉ?
Were you going? ¤Ã£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EzÉÝAiÀiÁ? / ¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ E¢ÝgÁ?
Was he going? CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EzÀÝ£ÉÀ?
Was she going? CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EzÀÝ¼ÉÀ?
Was it going? CzÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EvÉÛ?
Were they going? CªÀgÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EzÀÝgÉ? / CªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EzÀÝª
Negative Interrogatives: Was/Were+not+sub+V1+ing+?

Wasn’t I going? £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ E¢Ý®èªÉ?
Weren’t we going? £ÁªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ E¢Ý®ªè É?
Weren’t you going? ¤Ã£ÀÄ/¤ªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ E¢Ý®èªÉ?
Wasn’t he going? CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ E¢Ý®èªÉ?
Wasn’t she going? CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ E¢Ý®èªÉ?
Wasn’t it going? CzÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ E¢Ý®èªÉ?
Weren’t they going? CªÀgÀÄ/CªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ E¢Ý®èªÉ?
The usages of the past continuous tense
You want to convey parallel or simultaneous actions.

For example:
 Mercy was studying while her mom was cooking breakfast.
 She wasn’t listening properly when I was speaking.
You want to speak about an overlapping action.

For example:
 I was watering the plants when my brother came home.
 When Joe was playing cricket, he sprained his ankle.
You want to indicate an action at an overlapping time.
For example:
 At five o’clock, I was studying for the Maths exam.
 Yesterday, she was waiting for me in the evening.
You want to emphasise an action or event that was taking place at some point in
the past.
For example:
 He was working on his project all day.
 My mom was looking for these keys the whole day.
You want to give details about the background of a story.
For example:
 When she woke up, the sun was shining, the birds were chirping, and the wind was
swirling.
 The children were playing cricket, and the parents were watching happily.
Exercise on the past continuous tense

1. My brother and sister _____ playing tennis at 11am yesterday.
 are
 was
 were
2. _____ you still working at 7pm last night?

 Were
 Are
 Was
3. At 8.30am today I _____ driving to work.
 was
 am
 were
4. We _____ sleeping when the police came.
 was
 weren't
 won't
5. Why _____ he having lunch at 4pm?

 was
 does
 were
6. Was he not _____ his homework?

 doing
 do
 done
7. Snow _____ lightly. Suddenly a reindeer appeared.
 fell
 was falling
 is falling
8. Somebody threw a shoe at him _____ he was speaking.

 after
 when
 while
9. They ________ TV when I arrived.

 were watching
 were watched
 watched
10. I was reading a detective story _____ I heard a noise.

 during
 while
 when
Answers
1. were 6. doing
2. Were 7. was falling
3. was 8. while
4. weren't 9. were watching
5. was 10. when
Future continuous Tense

Definition of the Future Continuous Tense
The future continuous tense defines the temporary actions and events that will be in
progress at a particular time in the future.
Affirmatives: Sub+shall/will+be+V1+ing
I shall be going £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EgÀÄªÉ£ÀÄ.
We shall be going £ÁªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EgÀÄªÉªÀÅ.
You will be going ¤Ã£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EgÀÄªÉ./¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EgÀÄ«j.
He will be going CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EgÀÄªÀ£ÀÄ.
She will be going CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EgÀÄªÀ¼ÀÄ.
It will be going CzÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EgÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ.
They will be going CªÀgÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EgÀÄªÀgÀÄ./CªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EgÀÄªÀªÀÅ.
Negatives: sub+shall/will+not+be+V1+ing
I shall not be going £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EgÀÄªÀÅ¢®è
We shall not be going £ÁªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EgÀÄªÀÅ¢®è
You will not be going ¤Ã£ÀÄ/¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EgÀÄªÀÅ¢®è
He will not be going CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EgÀÄªÀÅ¢®è
She will not be going CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EgÀÄªÀÅ¢®è
It will not be going CzÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EgÀÄªÀÅ¢®è
They will not be going CªÀgÀÄ/CªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EgÀÄªÀÅ¢®è
Interrogatives: Shall/Will+sub+be+V1+ing+?
Shall I be going? £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EgÀÄªÉ£É?
Shall we be going? £ÁªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EgÀÄªÉªÉ?
Will you be going? ¤Ã£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EgÀÄªÉAiÀiÁ? ¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EgÀÄ«gÁ?
Will he be going? CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EgÀÄªÀ£É?
Will she be going? CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EgÀÄªÀ¼É?
Will it be going? CzÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EgÀÄªÀÅzÉ?
Will they be going? CªÀgÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EgÀÄªÀgÉ? CªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EgÀÄªÀªÉ?
Negative Interrogatives: Shall/Will+not+sub+be+V1+ing+?

Shall not I be going? £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EgÀÄªÀÅ¢®èªÉÃ?
Shall not we be going? £ÁªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EgÀÄªÀÅ¢®èªÉÃ?
Will not you be going? ¤Ã£ÀÄ/¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EgÀÄªÀÅ¢®èªÉÃ?
Will not he be going? CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EgÀÄªÀÅ¢®èªÉÃ?
Will not she be going? CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EgÀÄªÀÅ¢®èªÉÃ?
Will not it be going? CzÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EgÀÄªÀÅ¢®èªÉÃ?
Will not they be going? CªÀgÀÄ/CªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÁÛ EgÀÄªÀÅ¢®èªÉÃ?
The usages of the future continuous tense
Denoting an action that takes place at a point of time in the future

 I will be watching the new marvel movie along with my brother at 4:30 p.m.
tomorrow.
 Susan will not be sleeping at that time.
Expressing an action that will take place over a period of time and not all at once
 The judges will be announcing the winners of the competition at 5 p.m on Tuesday.
 According to the plan, we will be meeting at the park around 11 a.m.
Comparing between the present and the future

 This time next month, we will be travelling to Canada.
 He might not be bold enough to make a decision now, but he will definitely be living
a good life in the future.
Indicating more than one action taking place at the same time in the future
 I will be going to school at 8 a.m, so I can drop her off as well.
 Sheena told me that she cannot make it to the reception tomorrow because she will
be travelling to Bangalore.
Exercise on the future continuous tense
1. I ________ during rush hour.

 will be driving
 will have drive
 will be drive
2. He will not be _____ the bus today.

 take
 taken
 taking
3. They ________ the cottage that weekend.

 using
 'll be using
 're be using
4. Nigel _____ be coming to the picnic.

 won't
 won't not
 willn't
5. Where ________ sleeping?

 you be
 will you
 will you be
6. We'll be ________ the news at 10pm.

 watch
 watching
 to watch
7. I'll try my best to spot you. What ________ wearing?
 will you
 will
 will you be
8. Don't forget your snowpants. It ________ by the time you get to school.
 will snowing
 is snowing
 will be snowing
9. At noon tomorrow, I ________ on a beach somewhere.
 'll be relaxing
 relax
 will being relax
10. Sorry, I can't. I ________ my daughter to work at that time.

 will be taking
 'll take
 won't be take
Answers
1. will be driving
2. taking
3. 'll be using
4. won't
5. will you be
6. watching
7. will you be
8. will be snowing
9. 'll be relaxing
10. will be taking
present perfect Tense
Definition of the Present Perfect Tense
The present perfect tense expresses that an action done in a time period up to the
present, or the form of the verb used for actions or events that have been completed or
have happened in a period of time up to now.
Affirmatives: Sub +have/has+V3

I have gone £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃVzÉÝÃ£É/ºÉÆÃV EzÉÝÃ£É.
We have gone £ÁªÀÅ ºÉÆÃVzÉÝÃªÉ.
You have gone ¤Ã£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃV¢ÝÃ/¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃV¢ÝÃj.
They have gone CªÀgÀÄ ºÉÆÃVzÁÝgÉ. / CªÀÅ ºÉÆÃVªÉ.
He has gone CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃVzÁÝ£É.
She has gone CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆÃVzÁÝ¼É.
It has gone CzÀÄ ºÉÆÃVzÉ
Negative: Sub +have/has+not+V3

I have not gone £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃV®è
We have not gone £ÁªÀÅ ºÉÆÃV®è
You have not gone ¤Ã£ÀÄ/¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃV®è
He has not gone CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃV®è
She has not gone CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆÃV®è
It has not gone CzÀÄ ºÉÆÃV®è
They have not gone CªÀgÀÄ/CªÀÅ ºÉÆÃV®è
Interrogatives: Have/Has+sub+V3+?
Have I gone? £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃVzÉÝÃ£ÉAiÉÄ?
Have we gone? £ÁªÀÅ ºÉÆÃVzÉÝÃªÉAiÉÄÃ?
Have you gone? ¤Ã£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃV E¢ÝÃAiÀiÁ? / ¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃV¢ÝÃgÁ?
Has he gone? CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃVzÁÝ£ÉAiÉÄ?
Has she gone? CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆÃVzÁÝ¼ÉAiÉÄ?
Has it gone? CzÀÄ ºÉÆÃVzÉAiÉÄ?
Have they gone? CªÀgÀÄ ºÉÆÃVzÁÝgÉAiÉÄ? / CªÀÅ ºÉÆÃVªÉAiÉÄ?
Negative Interrogatives: Have/Has+not+sub+V3+?

Have not I gone? £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃV®èªÉ?
Have not we gone? £ÁªÀÅ ºÉÆÃV®èªÉ?
Have not you gone? ¤Ã£ÀÄ/ ¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃV®èªÉ?
Has not he gone? CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃV®èªÉ?
Has not she gone? CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆÃV®èªÉ?
Has not it gone? CzÀÄ ºÉÆÃV®èªÉ?
Have not they gone? CªÀgÀÄ/CªÀÅ ºÉÆÃV®èªÉ?
The usages of the Present Perfect Tense
Actions started in the past and continuing in the present

 They haven't lived here for years.
 She has worked in the bank for five years.
 We have had the same car for ten years.
 Have you played the piano since you were a child?
When the time period referred to has not finished

 I have worked hard this week.
 It has rained a lot this year.
 We haven't seen her today.
Actions repeated in an unspecified period between the past and now.

 They have seen that film six times
 It has happened several times already.
 She has visited them frequently.
 We have eaten at that restaurant many times.
Actions completed in the very recent past (+just)

 Have you just finished work?
 I have just eaten.
 We have just seen her.
 Has he just left?
When the precise time of the action is not important or not known
 Someone has eaten my soup!
 Have you seen 'Gone with the Wind'?
 She's studied Japanese, Russian, and English.
1. Sophie and I ________ (know) each other since we were at school together.
2. I ________ (play) tennis since I was eight years old.
3. Alain ________ (be) in hospital three times this year.
4. I ________ (want) to be an actor for as long as I can remember.
5. My uncle ________ (smoke) 40 cigarettes a day for 40 years – and he's a doctor!
6. You ________ (have) that suit for more than ten years! Isn't it time to get a new one?
7. Since he finished university, my brother ________ (work) in five different countries.
8. Zerrin ________ (watch) that TV programme every week since it started.
9. I ________ (never like) bananas. I think they're horrible!
10. What's the most interesting city you ________ (ever visit) ?
Key answers
1. Sophie and I (know) have known each other since we were at school together.
2. I (play) have played | 've played tennis since I was eight years old.
3. Alain (be) has been |'s been in hospital three times this year.
4. I (want) have wanted | 've wanted to be an actor for as long as I can remember.
5. My uncle (smoke) has smoked | 's smoked 40 cigarettes a day for 40 years – and he's a
doctor!
6. You (have) have had | 've had that suit for more than ten years! Isn't it time to get a new
one?
7. Since he finished university, my brother (work) has worked |'s worked in five different
countries.
8. Zerrin (watch) has watched |'s watched that TV programme every week since it started.
9. I (never like) have never liked | 've never liked bananas. I think they're horrible!
10. What's the most interesting city you (ever visit) have ever visited | 've ever visited
past perfect Tense
Definition of the Past Perfect Tense
The past perfect tense is the form of a verb that expresses an action completed
before a particular point in the past, formed in English with had and the past participle or it
indicates about an action as completed or a state as having ended before a specified or
implied time in the past.
Past Perfect tense

Affirmatives: Sub+had+V3
I had gone £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃV EzÉÝ£ÀÄ.
We had gone £ÁªÀÅ ºÉÆÃV EzÉÝªÀÅ
You had gone ¤Ã£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃVzÉÝ / ¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃV¢Ýj
He had gone CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃVzÀÝ£ÀÄ
She had gone CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆÃVzÀÝ¼ÀÄ
It had gone CzÀÄ ºÉÆÃVvÀÄÛ
They had gone CªÀgÀÄ ºÉÆÃVzÀÝgÀÄ / CªÀÅ ºÉÆÃVzÀÝªÀÅ.
Negatives: Sub+had+not+V3
I had not gone £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃV¢Ý®è
We had not gone £ÁªÀÅ ºÉÆÃV¢Ý®è
You had not gone ¤Ã£ÀÄ/¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃV¢Ý®è
He had not gone CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃV¢Ý®è
She had not gone CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆÃV¢Ý®è
It had not gone CzÀÄ ºÉÆÃV¢Ý®è
They had not gone CªÀgÀÄ/CªÀÅ ºÉÆÃV¢Ý®è
Interrogatives: Had+sub+V3+?
Had I gone ? £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃVzÉÝ£É?
Had we gone? £ÁªÀÅ ºÉÆÃV EzÉÝªÉ?
Had you gone? ¤Ã£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃV EzÉÝAiÀiÁ? / ¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃV¢ÝgÉ?
Had he gone? CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃVzÀÝ£É?
Had she gone? CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆÃVzÀÝ¼É?
Had it gone? CzÀÄ ºÉÆÃVvÉÛ?
Had they gone? CªÀgÀÄ ºÉÆÃVzÀÝgÉ? / CªÀÅ ºÉÆÃVzÀÝªÉ?
Negative Interrogatives: Had+not+sub+V3+?
Hadn’t I gone? £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃV¢Ý®èªÉ?

Hadn’t We gone? £ÁªÀÅ ºÉÆÃV¢Ý®èªÉ?
Hadn’t You gone? ¤Ã£ÀÄ/¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃV¢Ý®ªè É?
Hadn’t He gone? CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃV¢Ý®èªÉ?
Hadn’t She gone? CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆÃV¢Ý®ªè É?
Hadn’t It gone? CzÀÄ ºÉÆÃV¢Ý®èªÉ?
Hadn’t They gone? CªÀgÀÄ/CªÀÅ ºÉÆÃV¢Ý®ªè É?
The usages of the Past Perfect Tense
Time up to a point in the past: (We use the past perfect simple (had + past participle)
to talk about time up to a certain point in the past.)

 We'd finished all the water before we were halfway up the mountain.
 Had the parcel arrived when you called yesterday?
Past perfect for the earlier of two past actions (We can use the past perfect to show
the order of two past events. The past perfect shows the earlier action and the past
simple shows the later action.)
 When the police arrived, the thief had escaped.
It doesn't matter in which order we say the two events. The following sentence has the
same meaning.
 The thief had escaped when the police arrived.
Note : if there's only a single event, we don't use the past perfect, even if it happened a
long time ago.
 The Romans spoke Latin. (NOT The Romans had spoken Latin.)
Past perfect after before (We can also use before + past perfect to show that an
action was not done or was incomplete when the past simple action happened.)
 They left before I'd spoken to them.

 Sadly, the author died before he'd finished the series.
Adverbs
We often use the adverbs already (= 'before the specified time'), still (= as previously), just
(= 'a very short time before the specified time'), ever (= 'at any time before the specified
time') or never (= 'at no time before the specified time') with the past perfect.
 I called his office but he'd already left.

 It still hadn't rained at the beginning of May.
 I went to visit her when she'd just moved to Berlin.
 It was the most beautiful photo I'd ever seen.
 Had you ever visited London when you moved there?
 I'd never met anyone from California before I met Jim.
A finished action before a second point in the past.

 When we arrived, the film had started (= first the film started, then we arrived).
We usually use the past perfect to make it clear which action happened first. Maybe we are
already talking about something in the past and we want to mention something else that is
further back in time. This is often used to explain or give a reason for something in the past.
 I'd eaten dinner so I wasn't hungry.

 It had snowed in the night, so the bus didn't arrive.
If it's clear which action happened first (if we use the words 'before' or 'after', for example),
the past perfect is optional.
 The film started before we arrived / the film had started before we arrived.
Note: Something that started in the past and continued up to another action or time in the
past. The past perfect tells us 'how long', just like the present perfect, but this time the
action continues up to a point in the past rather than the present. Usually we use 'for +
time'. We can also use the past perfect continuous here, so we most often use the past
perfect simple with stative verbs.
 When he graduated, he had been in London for six years.

(= He arrived in London six years before he graduated and lived there until he
graduated, or even longer.)
 On the 20th of July, I'd worked here for three months.
To talk about unreal or imaginary things in the past. In the same way that we use the past
simple to talk about unreal or imaginary things in the present, we use the past perfect (one
step back in time) to talk about unreal things in the past. This is common in the third
conditional and after 'wish'.
 If I had known you were ill, I would have visited you.

 She would have passed the exam if she had studied harder.
 I wish I hadn't gone to bed so late!
Choose the correct option to complete the sentences.
1. When she ___ on the course, she had never studied a foreign language before.
Enrolled / 'd enrolled
2. When I closed the door, I realised that I ___ my keys inside.

Left / 'd left
3. She looked really sad but I didn't know what ___.
Happened / 'd happened
4. ___ when you rang the doorbell?

Did Sai already leave / Had Sai already left
5. This is the oldest building in the town. It ___ over 200 years ago.
was built / 'd been built
6. By the time I moved in, they ___ the building work.

Finished / 'd finished
7. I opened the door, and ___ inside.

Went / 'd gone
8. I looked in the letter box yesterday and the letter still ___.
didn't arrive / hadn't arrived
Answers
1. enrolled
2. 'd left
3. 'd happened
4. Had Sai already left
5. was built
6. 'd finished
7. went
8. hadn't arrived
Choose the correct option to complete the sentences.
1. By the time I could talk to her, she ___ to quit her job.
Decided / 'd decided
2. I looked at the photo and suddenly realised that I ___ that man somewhere before.
Saw / 'd seen
3. First I ___ the salad, then I toasted the bread.

Made / 'd made
4. ___ breakfast when you got up?

Did James already cook /Had James already cooked
5. She didn't feel like another coffee as she ___ one.

just had / 'd just had
6. We had the French exam this morning. It ___ as hard as I'd expected, though.
wasn't / hadn't been
7. I asked Sara if she wanted to go for a walk, but she still ___ her homework.
didn't finish / hadn't finished
8. Dinosaurs ___ hundreds of millions of years ago.

Lived / had lived
Answers
1. 'd decided
2. 'd seen
3. made
4. Had James already cooked
5. 'd just had
6. wasn't
7. hadn't finished
8. lived
Past perfect
1) ________ (you/go) there before we went together?

Answer [ Had you gone ]
2) ________ (she/see) the film already?

Answer [ Had she seen ]
3) Why ________ (he/forget) about the meeting?

Answer [ had he forgotten ]
4) ________ (it/be) cold all week?

Answer[ Had it been ]
5) ________ (I/read) the book before the class?

Answer [ Had I read ]
6) When she arrived ________ (we/eat) already?

Answer [ had we eaten ]
7) Where ________ (you/be) when I saw you?

Answer [ had you been ]
8) (they/travel) by bullet train before?

Answer [ Had they travelled ]
9) ________ (John/meet) Lucy before they worked together?

Answer [ Had John met ]
10) ________ (you/do) your homework before I saw you?
Answer [ Had you done ]
11) Where ________ (she/work)?

Answer [ had she worked ]
12) ________ (I/pay) the bill before we left?

Answer [ Had I paid ]
13) ________ (we/visit) my parents already that winter?

Answer [ Had we visited ]
14) When you called, ________ (they/eat) dinner?

Answer [ had they eaten ]
15) How ________ (he/manage) to fix the cooker?

Answer [ had he managed ]
16) (my sister/be) sick for a long time?

Answer [ Had my sister been ]
17) How much ________ (she/study) before the exam?

Answer [ had she studied ]
18) What ________ (you/cook) for dinner that night?

Answer [ had you cooked ]
19) When ________ (they/arrive)?

Answer [ had they arrived ]
20) How many coffees ________ (she/drink) before the interview?

Answer [ had she drunk ]
Future perfect Tense

Definition of the Future Perfect Tense
The future perfect tense is used to show that an action will have been performed by
a particular time.
Affirmatives: Sub +shall/will+have+V3
I shall have gone £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃV EgÀÄªÉ£ÀÄ.
We shall have gone £ÁªÀÅ ºÉÆÃV EgÀÄªÉªÀ.Å
You will have gone ¤Ã£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃVgÀÄªÉ./¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃVgÀÄ«j.
He will have gone CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃVgÀÄªÀ£ÀÄ.
She will have gone CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆÃVgÀÄªÀ¼ÀÄ.
It will have gone CzÀÄ ºÉÆÃVgÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ.
They will have gone CªÀgÀÄ ºÉÆÃVgÀÄªÀgÀÄ./CªÀÅ ºÉÆÃVgÀÄªÀªÀÅ.
Negatives: sub+shall/will+not+have+V3
I shall not have gone £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃVgÀÄªÀÅ¢®è.
We shall not have gone £ÁªÀÅ ºÉÆÃVgÀÄªÀÅ¢®è.
You will not have gone ¤Ã£ÀÄ/¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃVgÀÄªÀÅ¢®è.
He will not have gone CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃVgÀÄªÀÅ¢®è.è
She will not have gone CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆÃVgÀÄªÀÅ¢®è.
It will not have gone CzÀÄ ºÉÆÃVgÀÄªÀÅ¢®è.
They will not have gone CªÀgÀÄ/CªÀÅ ºÉÆÃVgÀÄªÀÅ¢®è.
Interrogatives: Shall/Will+sub+have+V3+?
Shall I have gone? £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃV EgÀÄªÉ£É?
Shall we have gone? £ÁªÀÅ ºÉÆÃV EgÀÄªÉªÉ?
Will you have gone? ¤Ã£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃVgÀÄªÉAiÀiÁ? ¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃVgÀÄ«gÁ?
Will he have gone? CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃVgÀÄªÀ£É?
Will she have gone? CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆÃVgÀÄªÀ¼É?
Will it have gone? CzÀÄ ºÉÆÃVgÀÄªÀÅzÉ?
Will they have gone? CªÀgÀÄ ºÉÆÃVgÀÄªÀgÉ? CªÀÅ ºÉÆÃVgÀÄªÀªÉ?
Negative Interrogatives : Shall/Will+not+sub+have+V3+?

Shall not I have gone? £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃV EgÀÄªÀÅ¢®èªÉ?
Shall not we have gone? £ÁªÀÅ ºÉÆÃV EgÀÄªÀÅ¢®èªÉ?
Will not you have gone? ¤Ã£ÀÄ/¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃV EgÀÄªÀÅ¢®èªÉ?
Will not he have gone? CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃV EgÀÄªÀÅ¢®èªÉ?
Will not she have gone? CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆÃV EgÀÄªÀÅ¢®èªÉ?
Will not it have gone? CzÀÄ ºÉÆÃV EgÀÄªÀÅ¢®èªÉ?
When to use the future perfect tense
We use the future perfect simple (will/won't have + past participle) to talk about something
that will be completed before a specific time in the future.
 The guests are coming at 8 p.m. I'll have finished cooking by then.
 On 9 October we'll have been married for 50 years.
 Will you have gone to bed when I get back?
We can use phrases like by or by the time (meaning 'at some point before') and in or in a
day's time / in two months' time / in five years' time etc. (meaning 'at the end of this
period') to give the time period in which the action will be completed.
 I won't have written all the reports by next week.

 By the time we arrive, the kids will have gone to bed.
 I'll have finished in an hour and then we can watch a film.
 In three years' time, I'll have graduated from university.
future perfect exercise
1. We________ (learn) a bit of Korean by the time you come to Seoul. We're starting classes
next week.
2. By June next year, I ________ (retiring) from work.
3. In their retirement, they________ (live) in a small house in the mountains.
4. Take some keys with you – I'll probably be ________ (have / take) a shower when you
get back.
5. Next week we'll ________ (be) together for two years.
6. I'm taking the day off on Friday – I ________ ( not be work).
7. Our table at the restaurant is at 1 p.m. Do you think we'll have ________ (finish) lunch by
3 p.m.?
8. Come and find me when the film finishes. I'll be ________ (get) a coffee in the bar next
door.
Answers
1. We'll have learned|learnt a bit of Korean by the time you come to Seoul. We're starting
classes next week.
2. By June next year, I 'll|will have retired from work.
3. In their retirement, they'll be living in a small house in the mountains.
4. Take some keys with you – I'll probably be having|taking a shower when you get back.
5. Next week we'll have been together for two years.
6. I'm taking the day off on Friday – I won't be working.
7. Our table at the restaurant is at 1 p.m. Do you think we'll have finished lunch by 3 p.m.?
8. Come and find me when the film finishes. I'll be getting a coffee in the bar next door.
Present perfect continuous Tense
Definition of the Present Perfect Continuous Tense
The present perfect continuous tense is employed in a sentence to indicate an action

that started in the past and is still continuing in the present. It is also referred to as the
present perfect progressive tense as the action progresses from the past to the present.
Affirmatives: Sub+ have / has+ been +v1+ing

I have been going £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EzÉÝÃ£É
We have been going £ÁªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EzÉÝÃªÉ
You have been going ¤Ã£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ E¢ÝÃ /¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ E¢ÝÃj
He has been going CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EzÁÝ£É
She has been going CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EzÁÝ¼É
It has been going CzÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EzÉ
They have been going CªÀgÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EzÁÝgÉ/CªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EªÉ.
Negatives: Sub+ have / has+ not been +v1+ing

I have not been going £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ E®è.
We have not been going £ÁªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ E®è.
You have not been going ¤Ã£ÀÄ/¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ E®è.
He has not been going CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ E®è.
She has not been going CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ E®è.
It has not been going CzÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ E®è.
They have not been going CªÀÅ/CªÀgÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ E®è.
Interrogatives: Have / Has+ +sub+ been +v1+ing +?

Have I been going? £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EzÉÝÃ£ÉAiÉÄ?
Have we been going? £ÁªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EzÉÝÃªÉAiÉÄ?
Have you been going? ¤Ã£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ E¢ÝÃAiÀiÁ? /¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ E¢ÝÃgÁ?
Has he been going? CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EzÁÝ£ÉAiÉÄ?
Has she been going? CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EzÁÝ¼ÉAiÉÄ?
Has it been going? CzÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EzÉAiÉÄ?
Have they been going? CªÀgÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EzÁÝgÉAiÉÄ?/CªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EªÉAiÉÄ?.
Negative Interrogatives: Have / Has+ not+sub+ been +v1+ing +?

Have not I been going? £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ E®èªÉ?
Have not we been going? £ÁªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ E®èªÉ?
Have not you been going? ¤Ã£ÀÄ/¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ E®èªÉ?
Has not he been going? CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ E®èªÉ?
Has not she been going? CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ E®èªÉ?
Has not it been going? CzÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ E®èªÉ?
Have not they been going? CªÀÅ/CªÀgÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ E®èªÉ?
Present perfect continuous: uses
Recent past activities: We use the present perfect continuous to talk about a finished
activity in the recent past. Using the present perfect continuous focuses on the activity.
We don’t give a specific time. Even though the activity is finished, we can see the result in
the present:
 I’ve just been cleaning the car. (The car is wet and clean.)
 It’s been snowing. (The ground is covered in snow.)
 What have you been buying?
One continuing event: We use the present perfect continuous for a single activity that
began at a point in the past and is still continuing:
 I’ve been reading your book – it’s great. (I’m still reading it.)
 He’s been living in the village since 1995. (He is still living in the village.)
 She has been writing her autobiography since 1987.
Repeated continuing events: We use the present perfect continuous to talk about repeated
activities which started at a particular time in the past and are still continuing up until now:
 I’ve been going to Spain on holiday every year since 1987.

 I haven’t been eating much lunch lately. I’ve been going to the gym at lunchtimes.
 She’s been playing tennis on and off for three years.
How long …?: We often use the present perfect continuous to ask and answer questions
about the duration of an activity. We use the question How long …+ present perfect
continuous:
 A:How long have you been waiting for me?

 B:About ten minutes. Not too long. (I’ve been waiting for about ten minutes.)
Exercise Present Perfect Continuous Tense
1. I have _______________ my journey on Thursday. (begin)

2. She _________________ from Tokyo. (come)
3. We ___________________ to play without our coach. (not/go)
4. He _________________ his whole teammates in the tournament. (lead)
5. The farmer ___________________ the fertilizers due to lack of money. (not/spread)
6. He _______________from his toes since 2 o’clock. (bleed)
7. You must ____________ your hair from that salon. (cut)
8. We _____________ this nonsense since 2017. (hear)
9. An athlete ____________ the race because of the wound. (quit)
10. ____ you ____________ your son for his mistake? (forgive)
11. ___ the Director ____________ the same actor in his 2nd movie? (cast)
12. The gold digger machine ___________ in this region for so long. (dig)
13. She _____________ his father’s hands tightly. (hold)
14. Amol ____________ the seeds in his farm due to the rain. (not/sow)
15. What ____ you ___________ about the attendance in your college? (think)
Answers
1. I have been beginning my journey on Thursday.
2. She has been coming from Tokyo.
3. We have not been going to play without our coach.
4. He has been leading his whole teammates in the tournament.
5. The farmer hasn’t been spreading the fertilizers due to a lack of money.
6. He has been bleeding from his toes since 2 o’clock.
7. You must have been cutting your hair from that salon.
8. We have been hearing this nonsense since 2017.
9. An athlete has been quitting the race because of the wound.
10. have you been forgiving your son for his mistake?
11. has the Director been casting the same actor in his 2nd movie?
12. The gold digger machine has been digging in this region for so long.
13. She has been holding his father’s hands tightly.
14. Amol has not been sowing the seeds on his farm due to the rain.
15. What have you been thinking about the attendance in your college?
1. How long ...................................... for?

 are you waiting
 have you been waiting
 have you waited
2. We ........................................ in this street for twenty years.

 are living
 have been living
 live
3. He ........................................... in the garden since morning.

 is working
 has been working
 work
4. It ....................................... since yesterday.
 is raining
 rained
 has been raining
5. I .................................................... this laptop for three years.

 am using
 use
 have been using
6. The workers ......................................... higher wages for a long time.
 has been demanding
 have been demanding
 demand
7. The girl .......................................... her lessons.

 has been learning
 have been learning
 had been learning
8. The children ................................................. in the garden.

 has been playing
 have been playing
 had been playing
9. ‘You look tired.’ ‘Yes, I ............................................’

 am running
 have been running
 has been running
10. Who .............................................. in my bed?

 is sleeping
 has been sleeping
 have been sleeping
Answers
1. How long have you been waiting for?
2. We have been living in this street for twenty years.
3. He has been working in the garden since morning.
4. It has been raining since yesterday.
5. I have been using this laptop for three years.
6. The workers have been demanding higher wages for a long time.
7. The girl has been learning her lessons.
8. The children have been playing in the garden.
9. ‘You look tired.’ ‘Yes, I have been running’
10. Who has been sleeping in my bed?
Fill in the blanks with the present perfect continuous form of the verb given in brackets.
1. Rahul ____ French for three months. (learn)

2. Mr Rupert _____ in New Orleans for the past four years. (stay)
3. The boys _____ in the park since five o’clock. (play)
4. Tina ____ for some time. (meditation)
5. The child ____ for three hours. (sleep)
6. Mohit ____ for a new PS5 for a long time. (ask)
7. The builder _____ the tower for a few months. ( build)
8. I ____ David Copperfield since Saturday. (read)
9. Uma ____ the three pages since morning. (type)
10. Hira ______ for his friend at the cafe since the evening. (wait)
11. The teacher _____ for the last two hours. (teach)
12. The man ____ to fix the flat tyre for a few hours. (try)
13. The doctors _____ for three hours. (operate)
14. Raj _____ for his examination since the morning. (study)
15. My mother ____ cakes since two o’clock. (baking)
16. The man _____ the streets for hours. (wander)
17. Ron _____ video games since noon. (play)
18. Paro ____ with her friend on the phone for hours. (talk)
19. It ____ since dawn. (rain)
20. The dog ___ since last night. (bark)
Answers
1. Rahul has been learning French for three months. (learn)
2. Mr Rupert has been staying in New Orleans for the past four years. (stay)
3. The boys have been playing in the park since five o’clock. (play)
4. Tina has been meditating for some time. (meditation)
5. The child has been sleeping for three hours. (sleep)
6. Mohit has been asking for a new PS5 for a long time. (ask)
7. The builder has been building the tower for a few months. ( build)
8. I have been reading David Copperfield since Saturday. (read)
9. Uma has been typing the three pages since morning. (type)
10. Hira has been waiting for his friend at the cafe since evening. (wait)
11. The teacher has been teaching for the last two hours. (teach)
12. The man has been trying to fix the flat tyre for a few hours. (try)
13. The doctors have been operating for three hours. (operate)
14. Raj has been studying for his examination since morning. (study)
15. My mother has been baking cakes since two o’clock. (baking)
16. The man has been wandering the streets for hours. (wander)
17. Ron has been playing video games since noon. (play)
18. Paro has been talking with her friend on the phone for hours. (talk)
19. It has been raining since dawn. (rain)
20. The dog has been barking since last night. (bark)
past perfect continuous Tense
Definition of the Past Perfect Continuous Tense
The past perfect continuous tense is used to indicate an action or a situation that
continued for a period of time before another action or situation in the past or actions or
events which started before a particular time in the past and were still in progress up to that
time in the past.
Affirmatives: Sub+ had+ been +v1+ing

I had been going £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EzÉÝ£ÀÄ
We had been going £ÁªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EzÉÝªÀÅ
You had been going ¤Ã£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EzÉÝ /¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ E¢Ýj
He had been going CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EzÀÝ£ÀÄ
She had been going CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯É EzÀÝ¼ÀÄ
It had been going CzÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EvÀÄÛ
They had been going CªÀgÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EzÀÝgÀÄ/CªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EzÀÝªÀÅ.
Negatives: Sub+ had+ not been +v1+ing

I had not been going £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ E¢Ý®è.
We had not been going £ÁªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ E¢Ý®è.
You had not been going ¤Ã£ÀÄ/¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ E¢Ý®è.
He had not been going CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ E¢Ý®è.
She had not been going CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ E¢Ý®è.
It had not been going CzÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ E¢Ý®è.
They had not been going CªÀÅ/CªÀgÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ E¢Ý®è.
Interrogatives: Have / Has+ +sub+ been +v1+ing +?

Had I been going? £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EzÉÝ£É?
Had we been going? £ÁªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EzÉÝªÉ?
Had you been going? ¤Ã£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EzÉÝAiÀiÁ? /¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ E¢ÝgÁ?
Had he been going? CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EzÀÝ£É?
Had she been going? CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EzÀÝ¼É?
Had it been going? CzÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EvÉÛ?
Had they been going? CªÀgÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EzÀÝgÉ?/CªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EzÀÝªÉ?.
Negative Interrogatives: Had + not+sub+ been +v1+ing +?

Had not I been going? £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ E¢Ý®èªÉ?
Had not we been going? £ÁªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ E¢Ý®èªÉ?
Had not you been going? ¤Ã£ÀÄ/¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ E¢Ý®ªè É?
Had not he been going? CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ E¢Ý®èªÉ?
Had not she been going? CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ E¢Ý®èªÉ?
Had not it been going? CzÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ E¢Ý®ªè É?
Had not they been going? CªÀÅ/CªÀgÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ E¢Ý®ªè É?
Past Perfect Continuous Uses
Duration Before Something in the Past

Examples:
 They had been talking for over an hour before Tony arrived.
 She had been working at that company for three years when it went out of business.
 How long had you been waiting to get on the bus?
 Mike wanted to sit down because he had been standing all day at work.
Cause of Something in the Past

Examples:
 Jason was tired because he had been jogging.

 Sam gained weight because he had been overeating.
 Betty failed the final test because she had not been attending class.
Write down the correct form of the verb given in the bracket to make a sentence into the
Past Perfect Continuous Tense.
1. The receptionist ____________ the applications for the interview. (accept)

2. The delivery boy________________ the parcel on time at the destination.
(not/deliver)
3. Ben _____ always ____________ in front of his teacher in his lecture. (nod)
4. ___ Thomas friends always _______________ him in school? (annoy)
5. They __________________ much because of their friend’s absence. (not/enjoy)
6. The stored water ___________________ above the dam in the rainy season.
(overflow)
7. When I saw him, he_________________ near the traffic signal on the highway. (beg)
8. She __________________ the water in the milk to give to the customers. (not/mix)
9. Her brother_____ always ____________________ her from intruders. (protect)
10. They ____________________ the overall budget of the party last night.
(not/calculate)
11. We ______________________ another chopper in our artillery. (include)
12. ____ he ______________ from fever due to the change in the climate? (suffer)
13. I _____________ the freewheel of this machine yesterday. (change)
14. She _________________ anything to anyone about the incident. (not/explain)
15. John ________________ the job offer of the MNC of Cambridge. (reject)
Table of Contents
Past Perfect Continuous Tense with Answers
1. The receptionist had been accepting the applications for the interview.
2. The delivery boy hadn’t been delivering the parcel on time at the destination.
3. Ben had always been nodding in front of his teacher in his lecture.
4. had Thomas friends always annoying him in school?
5. They had not been enjoying much because of their friend’s absence.
6. The stored water had been overflowing above the dam in the rainy season.
7. When I saw him, he had been begging near the traffic signal on the highway.
8. She hadn’t been mixing the water in the milk to give to the customers.
9. Her brother had always been protecting her from intruders.
10. They hadn’t been calculating the overall budget of the party last night.
11. We had been including another chopper in our artillery.
12. had he been suffering from fever due to the change in the climate?
13. I had been changing the freewheel of this machine yesterday.
14. She hadn’t been explaining anything to anyone about the incident.
15. John had been rejecting the job offer of the MNC of Cambridge.
Future perfect continuous Tense
Definition of the Future Perfect Continuous Tense
The Future Perfect Continuous Tense is used to indicate when we are looking back to
the past from a point in the future, and we want to emphasise the length or duration of an
activity or event.
Affirmatives: Sub +shal/will+have been+V1+ing

I shall have been going £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EgÀÄªÉ£ÀÄ.
We shall have been going £ÁªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EgÀÄªÉªÀ.Å
You will have been going ¤Ã£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EgÀÄªÉ./¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EgÀÄ«j.
He will have been going CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EgÀÄªÀ£ÀÄ.
She will have been going CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EgÀÄªÀ¼ÀÄ.
It will have been going CzÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EgÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ.
They will have been going CªÀgÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EgÀÄªÀgÀÄ./
CªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EgÀÄªÀªÀÅ.
Negatives: sub+shall/will+not+have+been+v1+ing
I shall not have been going £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EgÀÄªÀÅ¢®è
We shall not have been going £ÁªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EgÀÄªÀÅ¢®è
You will not have been going ¤Ã£ÀÄ/¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EgÀÄªÀÅ¢®è
He will not have been going CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EgÀÄªÀÅ¢®è.
Shewill not have been going CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EgÀÄªÀÅ¢®è
It will not have been going CzÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EgÀÄªÀÅ¢®è
They will not have been going CªÀgÀÄ/CªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EgÀÄªÀÅ¢®è
Interrogatives: Shall/Will+sub+have+been+v1+ing+?
Shall I have been going? £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EgÀÄªÉ£É?
Shall we have been going? £ÁªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EgÀÄªÉªÉ?
Will you have been going? ¤Ã£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EgÀÄªÉAiÀiÁ? ¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EgÀÄ«gÁ?
Will he have been going? CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EgÀÄªÀ£É?
Will she have been going? CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EgÀÄªÀ¼É?
Will it have been going? CzÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EgÀÄªÀÅzÉ?
Will they have been going? CªÀgÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EgÀÄªÀgÉ? CªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EgÀÄªÀªÉ?
Negative Interrogatives: Shall/Will+not+sub+have+been+v1+ing+?

Shall not I have been going? £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EgÀÄªÀÅ¢®èªÉ?
Shall not we have been going? £ÁªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EgÀÄªÀÅ¢®èªÉ?
Will not you have been going? ¤Ã£ÀÄ/¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EgÀÄªÀÅ¢®èªÉ?
Will not he have been going? CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EgÀÄªÀÅ¢®èªÉ?
Will not she have been going? CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EgÀÄªÀÅ¢®èªÉ?
Will not it have been going? CzÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EgÀÄªÀÅ¢®èªÉ?
Will not they have been going? CªÀgÀÄ/CªÀÅ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛ¯ÉÃ EgÀÄªÀÅ¢®èªÉ?
Uses of the Future Perfect Continuous Tense
Denoting an action that will continue till a certain point of time
 Blaine will have been waiting for more than five hours by the time Kurt arrives.
 Remya will have been working at the company for twelve years in 2022.
 Will they have been living in the United States for three years when they finish their
postgraduate studies?
 How long will she have been playing the piano when she graduates?
 Next month, I will have been following a diet for three months.
Depicting an action or event that is the cause of another action or event that will
happen in the future
 I think my sister will be exhausted when she gets here as she will have been working
out for two hours continuously.
 I will be tired by the time my cousins get home because I will have been studying for
many hours.
 Monica will be well-versed in all the concepts of geometry by 2022, as she will have
been specialising in mathematics for more than five years.
Complete the following sentence using the appropriate verbs to make it a future perfect
continuous tense statement.
1. Ben _________________ weight for three months. (not/lose)

2. She __________________ books since morning. (read)
3. He __________________ for two months. (not/travel)
4. We __________________ for two hours. (sing)
5. I __________________ an essay for one hour. (not/write)
6. _____ my mom ____________ food for many years? (cook)
7. They__________________ a bicycle for two hours. (not/ride)
8. He __________________ to learn the french language for three years. (try)
9. She__________________ a job for five years. (not/do)
10. ____ I ____________ till 2030? (win)
11. We __________________ these formal shirts for three months. (wear)
12. She __________________ early in the morning for a week. (wake)
13. I __________________ rent for ten months. (not/pay)
14. The butterfly __________________ for one hour. (fly)
15. We __________________ chess for two hours. (not/play)
Future Perfect Continuous Tense Exercise with Answer
1. Ben won’t have been losing weight for three months.

2. She will have been reading books since morning.
3. He won,t have been traveling for two months.
4. We will have been singing for two hours.
5. I won’t have been writing an essay for one hour.
6. will my mom have been cooking food for many years?
7. They won’t have been riding a bicycle for two hours.
8. He will have been trying to learn the french language for three years.
9. She won’t have been doing a job for five years.
10. will I have been winning till 2030?
11. We will have been wearing these formal shirts for three months.
12. She will have been waking early in the morning for a week.
13. I won’t have been paying rent for ten months.
14. The butterfly will have been flying for one hour.
15. We won’t have been playing chess for two hours.
Articles: G¥À¥ÀzÀUÀ¼ÀÄ
Article is a determiner. As a determiner it signals the coming of a noun after it.

There are only three articles: the, a and an. They are very small words which cause very
large problems if used incorrectly.
EXAMPLES:
a boy, an apple, a car, a helicopter, an elephant,
an ugly duck, a European, a university, a unit an honor a big elephant
The usages of the Indefinite article: A/An
1) A +nouns (start with consonant sounds)

Ex: a book, a pen, a cat, a fan, a university, a European, a one eyed man, a hotel, a
one rupee coin etc….
2) An +nouns (start with vowel sounds)

Ex: an apple, an egg, an inkpot, an hour, an heir, an honest man etc….
3) An+ acronyms ( start with F, H, L, M, N, S, R, X)
Ex: he is an FBI agent. Mr. Ravi is an NCC officer.
This is an HMT watch. This is an X-ray report
He is an LLB. They sent me an SMS.
Lata is an MP.
4) A/An+ singular countable nouns.

Ex: This is a bus. That is a pen they gave me an orange.
5) A/An+ nouns ( as a class)

Ex: A triangle has got three sides. (All triangles)
A horse is an animal. (All horses)
6) A/An+ nouns ( profession, occupation, post, rank, caste, community, religion,

nationality etc)
Ex: He is a teacher. She is a nurse, Mr. Raghu is an FDC.
She is a Christian. She is a manager. He is a lieutenant.
He is an ST candidate. She is a hindu. I am an Indian.
7) A/An+ nouns ( degree, rate)

Ex: He is a graduate. She is an M.Sc. He is a B.A.
Fish sells at fifty rupees a kilo. Banana sells at forty rupees a dozen.
8) A/An + verb-nopun ( verb used as a noun)

Ex: He has gone for a walk. Have a look about this watch.
That person gave a talk on Mahatma. He gave him a kick.
9) Use A / An to refer to something for the first time.

Ex: Would you like a drink?
I've finally got a good job.
An elephant and a mouse fell in love.
10) Use A with the names of days of the week when not referring to any particular
day.
Ex: I was born on a Thursday.
Could I come over on a Saturday sometime?
11) Use A to refer to an example of something.

Ex: The mouse had a tiny nose.
The elephant had a long trunk.
It was a very strange car.
12) Use A with singular nouns after the words 'what' and 'such'.
Ex: What a shame!
She's such a beautiful girl.
What a lovely day!
13) Use a meaning 'one', referring to a single object or person, or a single unit of
measure. In these sentences using "one" instead of the indefinite article is
grammatically correct. It will add emphasis to the number, and contrast with
other numbers.
Ex:
 I'd like an orange and two lemons please.
I'd like one orange and two lemons please.
 The burglar took a diamond necklace and some valuable paintings.
The burglar took one diamond necklace and some valuable paintings.
 I can think of a hundred reasons not to come.
I can think of one hundred reasons not to come.
 I need a kilogram of sugar.
I need one kilogram of sugar.
 You can't run a mile in 5 minutes!
You can't run one mile in 5 minutes!
The usages of the Definite article: The
1) The is used before a definite noun. When a noun is mentioned again. This is
called an anaphoric function of The.
Ex: This is an old palace. People believe that the palace was built 500 years ago.
2) The is used before adjectives or participles to represent a class of people.

Ex: The rich, the poor, The dead
The dying, The injured/wounded
3) The is used before an adjective to denote a quality:

Ex: The white, The yellow, The evil, The good, the beautiful
4) The is used before a noun whose identity is common or can be easily inferred.
Ex: The president, The principal, The prophet, The PM
5) The is used before a singular common noun (place/person/0 that can be easily
inferred from the situation.
Ex: The police station, the post office, The radio, The bus stand.
6) The + Musical instruments.

Ex; The key board, The sitar, The violin, the piano, The drums.
7) The+ countable/uncountable.
Ex: The boy, the woman, The milk,
The boys, The woman,
8) The is used before a singular countable noun to denote an attribute/ a quality.

Ex: The monkey in man still survives.
The dancer in her is dead.
9) The+ adjectives (superlative degree)

Ex: The best, The wisest, The most beautiful, The most useful.
10) The is used before ordinal numbers and ‘Only’:

Ex: The first prize, The third son, The only daughter, The only hope.
11) The is used before the names of ranges of mountains and hills.
Ex: The Himalayas, The Alphas, The Vindhyas, The Khasi hills
Note: The is used before the following peaks or mountains.
Everest, Kailas, Kanchenjunga,Mont Blanc,Olymous, Snowdon, Mount Abu,
12) The+ groups of islands.

Ex: The Andamans, The West Indies, the Hebrides, The Maldives
Note: The is not ised before individual islands.
Malta, Bermuda, Sri Lanka, Sicily.
13) The+ names of gulfs, canals, seas and oceans:

Ex: The Atlantic (ocean) The Pacific (Ocean) The indian ocean
The mediterranean sea The Persian gulf The gulf of Mexico
The Panama canal The Suez canal
14) The+ holy/great books

Ex: The Bible, The Koran, The Mahabharat, The Gita The Iliad
15) The+names of rivers

Ex: The Ganga The Indus The Brahmaputra The Krishna
Note: Ia have read Tulsi Dasa’s Ramayan. (not The Tulsi Dasa’s Ramayan)
16) The is used before names of these countries/states:

Ex: The Neitherlands The transval The Punjab The Sudan
The Congo The USA The GDR
17) The+Names of newspapers:
Ex: The Hindustan Times, The Times Of india, The Times
The Statesman, The Guardian
Note:
A)Not The today’s Statesman.
B) There is increasing tendency to drop The before the names of NP.
C) Names of magazines/periodicals are now usually used without THE
Ex: Punch, Outlook, Time, Sunday, Wisdom
18) The+cardinal direction

Ex) The east The West, The North, The south
19) The+ Names of invention

Ex: The telephone, The microscope, The wheel
20) The is used before a unique noun

Ex: The sun, The moon, The earth, The sky, The sea, The world, The universe
21)The is used before these nouns:

Ex: Cathedral, Cinema, Pictures, Theatre, Office, Station, Museum, Zoo
Active and Passive Voice
A) God made the country. B) Man made the town.
A.1) The country was made by god. B.1) The town was made by man.
In the sentences A) and B) the name of the action performers are ‘God’ and ‘Man’ and
their names are in the place of SUBJECT so they are in ACTIVE VIOCE.
In the sentences A.1) and B.1) the name of the action performers are also same ‘God’ and
‘Man’ but their names are in the place of OBJECT so they are in PASSIVE VIOCE.
The active voice gives its importance to the name of the action performer by
mentioning his/her name in the place of subject. The passive voice gives its importance
not to the action performer but the action which happened by him/ her on which object.
In “active voice” subject acts upon object, while in “passive voice” object is acted
upon by subject. It can also be said, in “active voice” subject does a work on object, while
in “passive voice” object is worked on by subject. The normal structure of an active
voice sentence is subject+ verb+ object but in passive the normal structure of sentence
is reversed according to certain rules and becomes like object+ verb+ subject. The real
meaning of a sentence does not change if the sentence is expressed either by active
voice or by passive voice. The active voice is mostly used in writing because it gives a
direct and more concise meaning. Passive voice is used sometimes due to the following
reasons.
Fundamental Rules for changing from active voice to passive voice
1. The places of subject and object are interchanged i.e. the object shifts to the place
of subject and subject shifts to the place of object in passive voice.Example.
Active voice: I write a letter.

Passive voice: I letter is written by me.
Subject (I) of sentence shifted to the place of object (letter) and object (letter) shifted to
the place of subject (I) in passive voice.
2. Sometimes subject of sentence is not used in passive voice. Subject of sentence
can be omitted in passive voice, if without subject it can give enough meaning in passive
voice. Examples.
Passive voice: cloth is sold in yards
3. 3rd form of verb (past participle) is always used as main verb in sentences of
passive voice for all tenses. Base form of verb or present participle will be never used in
passive voice.
The word “by” is used before subject in sentences in passive voice. Example.
Active voice: He sings a song.

Passive voice: A song is sung by him.
4. The word “by” is not always used before subject in passive voice. Sometimes
words “with, to, etc” may also be used before subject in passive voice.
Examples.
Active voice: The water fills the tub.
Passive voice: The tub is filled with water.
Active voice: He knows me.
Passive voice: I am known to him.
5. Auxiliary verbs are used passive voice according to the tense of sentence.
Note: First 5 rules are usually same for all tenses in passive voice. Rule No. 6 is about the
use of auxiliary verb in passive voice which differs for each tense. The auxiliary verbs of
passive voice are used according to tense of sentence of its active voice form. The
auxiliary verb for each tense is given in the following table with explanation and
examples.
Passive voice for all tenses rules
• The places of subject and object in sentence are inter-changed in passive voice.
• 3rd form of verb (past participle) will be used only (as main verb) in passive
voice.
• Auxiliary verbs for each tense are given below in the table.
Present Simple Tense (passive Voice)
Auxiliary verb in passive voice: am/is/are
Active voice: Passive voice:
1. He sings a song. 1. A song is sung by him.

2. He does not sing a song. 2. A song is not sung by him.
3. Does he sing a song? 3. Is a song sung by him?
Present Continuous Tense (passive Voice)
Auxiliary verb in passive voice: am being/is being/are being
1. I am writing a letter 1. A letter is being written by me.

2. I am not writing a letter. 2. A letter is not being written by
3. Am I writing a letter? me.
3. Is a letter being written by me?
Present Perfect Tense (passive Voice)
Auxiliary verb in passive voice: has been/have been
Active voice:
1. She has finished his work

2. She has not finished her work.
3. Has she finished her work?
Passive voice:
1. Her work has been finished by her.

2. Her work has not been finished by her.
3. Has her work been finished by her?
Past Simple Tense (passive Voice)
Auxiliary verb in passive voice: was/were
1. I killed a snake 1. A snake was killed by me.

2. I did not kill a snake. 2. A snake was not killed by me.
3. Did I kill a snake? 3. Was a snake killed by me?
Past Continuous Tense (Passive Voice)
Auxiliary verb in passive voice: was being/were being
1. He was driving a car. 1. A car was being driven by him.

2. He was not driving a car. 2. A car was not being driven by
3. Was he driving a car? him.
3. Was a car being driven by him?
Past Perfect Tense (Passive Voice)
Auxiliary verb in passive voice: had been
Active voice:
1. They had completed the assignment.

2. They had not completed the assignment.
3. Had they completed the assignment?
Passive voice:
1. The assignment had been completed by them.
2. The assignment had not been complete by them.
3. Had the assignment been completed by them?
Future Simple Tense (Passive Voice)
Auxiliary verb in passive voice: shall be / will be
1. She will buy a car. 1. A car will be bought by her.

2. She will not buy a car. 2. A car will not be bought by her.
3. Will she buy a car? 3. Will a car be bought by her?
Future Perfect Tense (passive Voice)
Auxiliary verb in passive voice: will have been
Active voice:
1. You will have started the job.
2. You will have not started the job.
3. Will you have started the job?
Passive voice:
1. The job will have been started by you.

2. The job will not have been started by you.
3. Will the job have been started by you?
Note: The following tenses cannot be changed into passive voice.
1. Present perfect continuous tense

2. Past perfect continuous tense
3. Future continuous tense
4. Future perfect continuous tense
5. Sentence having Intransitive verbs
Fundamental Rules (in case of sentences have Modals)

voice.
• Auxiliary verbs for each tense are given below in the table.
Passive voice for Present/Future Modals

“CAN, MAY, MIGHT, SHOULD, MUST, OUGHT TO”
voice.
• To change sentences having present/future modal into passive voice, auxiliary
verb “be” is added after modal in sentence.

“CAN, MAY, MIGHT, SHOULD, MUST, OUGHT TO”
Auxiliary verb in passive voice: be
Active voice: CAN Passive voice: CAN BE
1. She can play a violin. 1. A violin can be played by her.

2. She cannot play a violin. 2. A violin cannot be played by her.
3. Can she play a violin? 3. Can a violin be played by her?
Active voice: MAY
1. I may buy the computer. Active voice: MAY BE

2. I may not buy the computer.
3. May I buy the computer? 1. The computer may be bought by
me.
2. The computer may not be bought 3. May the computer be bought by
by me. me?
Active voice: MIGHT Active voice: MIGHT BE
1. Guests might play chess. 1. Chess might be played by guests.

2. Guests might not play chess. 2. Chess might not be played
guests.
Active voice: SHOULD Active voice: SHOULD BE
1. Students should study all lessons. 1. All lessons should be studied by

2. Students should not study all students.
lessons. 2. All lessons should not be studied
3. Should students study all by students.
lessons? 3. Should all lessons be studied by
students?
Active voice: MUST Active voice: MUST BE
1. You must learn the test-taking 1. Test-taking strategies must be

strategies. learnt by you.
2. You must not learn the test- 2. Test-taking strategies must not
taking strategies. be learned by you.
Active voice: OUGHT TO Active voice: OUGHT TO BE

1. They ought to take the 2. The examination ought to be
examination. taken by them.
Passive voice for Past Modals
“MAY HAVE, MIGHT HAVE, SHOULD HAVE, MUST HAVE, OUGHT TO HAVE”
voice.
• To change sentences having past modal into passive voice, auxiliary verb “been”
is added after modal in sentence.

“MAY HAVE, MIGHT HAVE, SHOULD HAVE, MUST HAVE, OUGHT HAVE TO”
Auxiliary verb in passive voice: been
Active voice: MAY HAVE

1. You may have availed the 1. The opportunity may have been
opportunity. availed by you.
2. You may not have availed the 2. The opportunity may not have
opportunity. been availed by you.
Active voice: MAY HAVE BEEN
Active voice: MIGHT HAVE Active voice: MIGHT HAVE BEEN
1. He might have eaten meal. 1. Meal might have been eaten by

2. He might not have eaten meal. him.
2. Meal might not have been eaten
by him.
Active voice: SHOULD HAVE Active voice: SHOULD HAVE BEEN
1. You should have studied the 1. The book should have been
book. studied by you.
2. You should not have studied the 2. The book should have not been
book. studied by you.
Active voice: MUST HAVE Active voice: MUST HAVE BEEN
1. He must have started job. 1. Job must have been started by

2. He must not have started job. you.
2. Job must not have been started
by you.
Active voice: OUGHT TO HAVE Active voice: OUGHT TO HAVE BEEN
1. You ought to have helped him. 1. He ought to have been helped by

you
Passive voice of imperative sentences

(command and request)
A sentence which expresses command or request or advice is called imperative
sentence.
For example,
 Open the door.

 Turn off the television.
 Learn your lesson.
For changing these sentences in to passive voice, auxiliary verb “be” is used. The word
“Let” is added before sentence in passive voice. Auxiliary verb “be” is added after
object in sentence in passive voice. Main verb (base form) of imperative sentence is
changed to 3rd form of verb (past participle) in passive voice.
Examples
Passive voice of “Imperative Sentences”
Active Voice Passive Voice

1. Open the door. Let the door be opened.
2. Complete the work. Let the worked be completed.
3. Turn off the television. Let the television be tuned off.
4. Learn your lesson. Let your lesson be learnt.
5. Kill the snake. Let the snake be killed.
6. Punish him. Let him be punished.
7. Speak the truth. Let the truth be spoken.
8. Help the poor. Let the poor be helped.
9. Revise your book. Let your book be revised.
10. Clean your room. Let your room be cleaned.
Sentences which cannot be changed into passive voice
Transitive and intransitive verb
A verb can be either transitive or intransitive. A transitive verb needs an object (in
sentence) to give complete meaning while intransitive verb does need an object (in
sentence) to give complete meaning.
For example,
Transitive verb.
 He sent a letter.
(Send is a transitive verb and it needs an object i.e. letter to express full meaning.)
Intransitive Verb.
 He laughs.
(Laugh is an intransitive verb and it does not need object for expressing full
meaning.)
e.g. Sleep, go, reach, sit, die, are examples of intransitive verbs.
Intransitive verb cannot be changed into passive voice
The sentences having intransitive verbs (belonging to any tense) cannot be

changed into passive voice. The reason is that there is not any object in such sentences
and without object of sentence passive voice is not possible.
A sentence can be changed into passive voice if it has subject and object.
Sometimes subject may not be written in passive voice but it does not mean that it has
no subject. Such sentences have subject but the subject is so common or familiar or
known that if even it is not written in passive voice, it gives full meaning.
For example
 Cloth is sold in yards.
The following tenses can also not be changed into passive voice.
1. Present perfect continuous tense

2. Past perfect continuous tense
3. Future continuous tense
4. Future perfect continuous tense
Exercise 14
Change the following active sentences into passive voice.
1. I did not beat her. 8. She has learned her lessons.

2. I will never forget this experience. 9. Have you finished the report?
3. Mother made a cake yesterday. 10. The police have caught the thief.
4. The boy teased the girl. 11. My brother has completed the work.
5. Did she do her duty? 12. Somebody stole my pen yesterday.
6. The tiger was chasing the deer. 13. Our team may win the match.
7. She has written a novel. 14. Nurses look after patients.
Exercise 15
Rewrite the following sentences so that the verbs will be in the active voice.
1. We are taught grammar by Ms 10. We will be blamed by everyone.

Sullivan. 11. The trees were blown down by the
2. He was praised by the teacher. wind.
3. The injured were taken to the hospital 12. The thieves were caught by the
by the firemen. police.
4. The town was destroyed by an 13. The letter was posted by Alice.
earthquake. 14. We were received by the hostess.
5. The teacher was pleased with the 15. The snake was killed with a stick.
boy’s work. 16. The minister was welcomed by the
6. The building was damaged by the fire. people.
7. By whom were you taught French? 17. He was found guilty of murder.
8. You will be given a ticket by the 18. This house was built by John
manager. Mathews in 1991.
9. The streets were thronged with
spectators.
Exercise 16
Rewrite the sentences in passive voice.
1. I can answer the question. - 6. He must fill in the form. -
2. She would carry the box. -. 7. They need not buy bread. -
3. You should open the window. - 8. He could not read the sentence.
4. We might play cards. 9. Will the teacher test our English?
5. You ought to wash the car. - 10.Could Jenny lock the door? -
Exercise 17
Exercise on the Simple Present Tense (change the voice)
Example: My father helps me. I am helped by my father.
1. She gathers flowers. 2. He helps the poor.

3. You do not keep your word. 12.Which pen is liked by you?
4. When is your breakfast eaten by you? 13.Who teaches you?
5. Do you eat meat? 14.This officer does not punish his juniors.
6. Why does he tell lies? 15.A lesson is learnt by me.
7. Whom do you want? 16.Letters are delivered by the postman.
8. They expect good news. 17.Our team wins the match.
9. Children like toys and dolls. 18.Tom reads the novel in one day.
10.How do you wash your clothe? 19.Jenny sings a song.
11.Where does she keep money?
Exercise 18
Exercise on the Present continuous Tense (change the voice)
Example: Ruth is driven a car. A car is being driven by her.
1. She is watering the plants. 6. I am reading a poem.

2. Hockey is not being played by us. 7. Why is he being abused by you?
3. I am not running a race. 8. My mother is watching the T.V.
4. Jack is writing a letter. 9. I am making a kite.
5. He is being abused by them. 10.Sports are being watched by them.
Exercise 19
Exercise on the Present perfect Tense (change the voice)
Example: I have kept my promise. My promise has been kept by me.
1. He has cleared the account. 6. Who has torn this letter?

2. Jack has read the book. 7. I have not finished my work.
3. She has not stolen my pen. 8. She has passed the M.A examination.
4. Have you taken medicine? 9. Has Ruth spoiled your clothes?
5. Why have you wound the watch? 10.Have you spent all your money?
Exercise 20
Exercise on the Simple Past Tense (change the voice)
Example: Alex threw the ball. The ball was thrown by Alex.
1. Edison invented the first gramophone. 8. Alec cleaned the home.

2. The cat drank all the milk. 9. Jenny wrote a letter.
3. They did not expect me. 10.When did he do his home task?
4. Did you make a noise? 11.Where did you find the diary?
5. The teacher did not beat them. 12.Which picture did you see last night?
6. They did not win the prize. 13.Tom did not make a cake.
7. A thief stole my bike.
Exercise 21
Exercise on the Past Continuous Tense (change the voice)
Example: They were playing a game. A game was being played by them.
1. He was revising his books. 7. Were you not writing a story- book?
2. She was not plucking the flowers. 8. I was preparing his bike.
3. Jenny was singing a song. 9. Why were you wasting your time?
4. I was not running a race. 10.What was Ruth doing?
5. Was she giving a lecture? 11.Whom were you abusing?
6. She was not abusing them. 12.Why were they plucking the flowers?
Exercise 22
Exercise on the Simple Future tense active and passive voice
Example: This little boy will post my letter. My letter will be posted by this little boy.
1. Adam will help me. 7. Why will he pay the bill?

2. He will help me with money. 8. What will you have for breakfast?
3. Jenny will buy a new phone. 9. She will not iron her cloth.
4. The baby will break the toy. 10.Jack will not post the letter.
5. Will he cook the food? 11.Why will she sign these papers?
6. He will not steal the watch. 12.We will catch the train.
Exercise 23
Exercise on the Future perfect tense active and passive voice
Example: The patient will have taken medicine.
Medicine will have been taken by the patient.
1. She will have read this book. 6. He will have sold his house.
2. We shall have done our home-task. 7. Will he have paid the bill?
3. She will not have abused me. 8. Who will have broken the chair?
4. He will not have taken the test. 9. He will have milked the cow.
5. You will not have learnt the lesson. 10.Ruth will have spent all the money.
Exercise 24
Exercise of Modals in Active and Passive Voice
Example: We can do this work.
This work can be done by us.
1. You should obey your parents. 7. They could not read the sentence.
2. I can solve this sum. 8. Would you take a cup of tea?
3. You may use my pen. 9. Could mark lock the door?
4. He could not help us. 10.He need not buy bread.
5. We should respect our parents. 11.Can I use your umbrella?
6. She would not help you. 12.Could you shut the door?
Exercise 25
Exercise of imperative sentence in active and passive voice
Example: Open the window.
Let the window be opened.
1. Shut the door.
2. Do not starve the cow.
3. Get out of my sight.
Answer key
1. Let the door be shut.
2. Let the cow not be starved.
3. You are ordered to get out of my sight.
Exercises: direct indirect
Direct and indirect speech
There two ways to convey a message of a person, or the words spoken by a
person to other person.
1. Direct speech
2. Indirect speech
Suppose your friend whose name is Ravi tells you in school, “I will give you a
pen”. You come to home and you want to tell your brother what your friend told you.
There are two ways to tell him.
Direct speech: Ravi said, “I will give you a pen”.

Indirect Speech: Ravi said that he would give me a pen.
In direct speech the original words of person are narrated (no change is made) and
are enclosed in quotation mark. While in indirect speech some changes are made in
original words of the person because these words have been uttered in past so the tense
will change accordingly and pronoun may also be changed accordingly. In indirect speech
the statement of the person is not enclosed in quotation marks, the word “that” may be
used before the statement to show that it is indirect speech. Indirect speech is also called
reported speech because reported speech refers to the second part of indirect speech in
which something has been told by a person.
Reporting verb: The verb first part of sentence (i.e. he said, she said, he says, they
said, she says,) before the statement of a person in sentence is called reporting verb.
Examples. In all of the following example the reporting verb is “said”.
 He said, “I work in a factory” (Direct speech)

 He said that he worked in a factory. (Indirect speech)
 They said, “we are going to cinema” (Direct speech)
 They said that they were going to cinema. (Indirect speech)
Reported Speech. The second part of indirect speech in which something has
been told by a person (which is enclosed in quotation marks in direct speech) is called
reported speech. For example, a sentence of indirect speech is, He said that he worked
in a factory. In this sentence the second part “he worked in a factory” is called reported
speech and that is why the indirect speech as a whole can also be called reported
speech.
Fundamental rules for indirect speech.
 Reported speech is not enclosed in quotation marks.

 Use of word “that”: The word “that” is used as a conjunction between the
reporting verb and reported speech.
 Change in pronoun: The pronoun (subject) of the reported speech is changed
according to the pronoun of reporting verb or object (person) of reporting verb
(first part of sentence). Sometimes the pronoun may not change.
In following example the pronoun of reported speech is “I” which will be changed in
indirect speech into the pronoun (Subject) of reporting verb that is “he”.
Example.
 Direct speech: He said, “I am happy”

Indirect Speech: He said that he was happy.
 Direct speech: I said to him, “you are intelligent”
Indirect Speech: I said him that he was intelligent. (“You” changed to “he” the
of object of reporting verb)
1. Change in adverbial time and adverbial place: Time is changed according to

certain rules like now to then, today to that day, tomorrow to next day and yesterday to
previous day.
Examples.
 Direct speech: He said, “I am happy today”

Indirect Speech: He said that he was happy that day.
List of adverbial time and adverbial place

Direct speech Indirect speech  Tomorrow the next day
 Now then  Yesterday the day
 Here there before
 Ago before  Last night the night
 Thus so before.
 Today that day
1. Change in the tense of reported speech: If the first part of sentence (reporting
verb part) belongs to past tense the tense of reported speech will change. If the first part
of sentence (reporting verb part) belongs to present or future tense, the tense of
reported speech will not change.
Examples.
 Direct speech: He said, “I am happy”

Indirect Speech: He said that he was happy. (Tense of reported speech changed)
 Direct speech: He says, “I am happy”
Indirect Speech: He said that he is happy. (Tense of reported speech didn’t
change)
Table for change in tense of reported speech for all TENSES.
TENSE CHANGE - IN - INDIRECT SPEECH

1. Present simple tense into Past simple tense
2. Present Continuous tense into Past continuous tense
3. Present Perfect tense into Pas perfect tense
4. Present Perfect Continuous tense into Past perfect continuous tense
5. Past simple tense into Past Perfect tense
6. Past Continuous tense into Past Perfect Continuous tense
7. Past Perfect tense remains as it is in Past Perfect tense
8. Future simple tense, will into would
9. Future Continuous tense, will be into would be
10. Future Perfect tense, will have into would have
Examples.
PRESENT TENSE: PRESENT SIMPLE changes into PAST SIMPLE
 He said, “I write a letter”

He said that he wrote a letter.
 She said, “he goes to school daily”
She said that he went to school daily.
 They said, “we love our country”
They said that they loved their country
 He said, “he does not like computer”
He said that he did not like computer.
PRESENT CONTINUOUS changes into PAST CONTINUOUS
 He said, “he is listening to the music”

He said that he was listening to the music.
 She said, “I am washing my clothes”
She said that she was washing her clothes.
 They said, “we are enjoying the weather”
They said that they were not enjoying the weather.
 I said, “it is raining”
I said that it was raining.
 She said, “I am not laughing”
She said that she was not laughing.
PRESENT PERFECT changes into PAST PERFECT
 She said, “he has finished his work”

She said that he had finished his work.
 He said, “I have started a job”
He said that he had started a job.
 I said, “she have eaten the meal”
I said that she had eaten the meal.
 They said, “we have not gone to New York.
They said that they had not gone to New York.
PRESENT PERFECT CONTINUOUS changes into PAST PERFECT CONTINUOUS

 He said, “I have been studying since 3 O’clock”
He said that he had been studying since 3 O’clock.
 She said, “It has been raining for three days.”
She said that it been raining for three days.
 I said, “She has been working in this office since 2007”
I said that she had been working in this office since 2007.
PAST TENSE: PAST SIMPLE changes into PAST PERFECT
 He said to me, “you answered correctly”
He said to me that I had answered correctly.
 John said, “they went to cinema”
John said that they had gone to cinema.
 He said, “I made a table”
He said that he had made a table.
 She said, “I didn’t buy a car”
She said that she had not bought a car.
PAST CONTINUOUS changes into PAST PERFECT CONTINUOUS
 They said, “we were enjoying the weather”

They said that they had been enjoying the weather.
 He said to me, “ I was waiting for you”
He said to me that he had been waiting for me.
 I said, “It was raining”
I said that it had been raining.
 She said, “I was not laughing”
She said that she not been laughing.
PAST PERFECT changes into PAST PERFECT (tense does not change)
 She said, “She had visited a doctor”

She said that she had visited a doctor.
 He said, “I had started a business”
He said that he had started a business.
 I said, “she had eaten the meal”
I said that she had eaten the meal.
 They said, “we had not gone to New York.
They said they had not gone to New York.
FUTURE TENSE: FUTURE SIMPLE TENSE

 WILL changes into WOULD
 He said, “I will study the book”
He said that he would study the book.
 She said, “I will buy a computer”
She said that she would buy a computer.
 They said to me, “we will send you gifts”
They said to me that they would send you gifts.
 I said, “I will not take the exam”
I said that I would not take the exam.
FUTURE CONTINUOUS TENSE
 WILL BE changes into WOULD BE

 I said to him, “ I will be waiting for him”
I said to him that I would be waiting for him.
 She said,” I will be shifting to new home”
She said that she would be shifting to a new home.
 He said, “I will be working hard”
He said that he would be working hard.
 He said, “he will not be flying kite”
She said that he would not be flying kites.
FUTURE PERFECT TENSE
 WILL HAVE changes into WOULD HAVE

 He said, “I will have finished the work”
He said that he would have finished the work.
 She said, “they will have passed the examination”
She said that they would have passed the examination.
 He said, “I will have gone”
He said that he would have gone.
Note: The tense of reported speech may not change if reported speech is a universal
truth though its reporting verb belongs to past tense.
Examples.
 Direct speech: He said, “Mathematics is a science”

Indirect Speech: He said that mathematics is a science.
 Direct speech: He said, “Sun rises in east”
Indirect Speech: He said that sun rises in east.
(Tense didn’t change reported speech is a universal truth thought its reporting verb
belongs to past tense)
Indirect speech for Interrogative (question) sentence.
For changing interrogative (question) sentence into indirect speech we have to

observe the nature of question and then change it into indirect speech according to its
rules for indirect speech. A question can be of two types. One type which can be
answered in only YES or NO and other type which needs a little bit explanation for its
answer and cannot be answered in only YES or NO.
Examples
 Do you like music? (It can be answered in YES or NO)

 How are you? (It cannot be answered in YES or NO but it needs a little bit
explanation i.e., I am fine.)
Questions which can be answered in YES/NO.
To change questions (which can be answered in yes or no) into indirect speech,
word “if” or “whether” is used before the question in indirect speech. Rules for change
in tense of question sentences are same as for change in normal tenses in indirect
speech but sentence will not start with the auxiliary verb of the tense. The word “that”
is not used between reporting verb and reported speech as conjunction in indirect
speech for question sentence. Question mark is not used in indirect speech.
Examples.
 Direct speech: He said to me, “do you like music?”

Indirect Speech: He asked me if I liked music. (Not, did I like music)
Or Indirect Speech: He asked me whether I liked music.
 Direct speech: She said, “Will he participate in the quiz competition?”
Indirect Speech: She asked me if he would participate in quiz competition.
 Direct speech: I said to him, “are you feeling well?”
Indirect Speech: I asked him if he was feeling well.
 Direct speech: They said to me, “did u go to school?”
Indirect Speech: They asked me if I had gone to school.
 Direct speech: He said to me, “Have you taken the breakfast?”
Indirect Speech: He asked me if I had taken the breakfast
Question which cannot be answered in YES/NO. To change such questions into

indirect speech, the words “if” or “whether” is not used. The tense of the question is
changed according to the rules for change in normal tenses in indirect speech but
sentence will not start with the auxiliary verb of the tense. The word “that” is not used
between reporting verb and reported speech as conjunction, in indirect speech for
question sentence. Question mark is not used in indirect speech.
Examples.
 Direct speech: He said to me, “how are you?”
Indirect speech: He asked me how I was. (Not, how was I)
 Direct speech: Teacher said to him, “what is your name?”
Indirect speech: Teacher asked him what his name was.
 Direct speech: She said to him, “why did you come late?”
Indirect speech: She asked him why he had come late.
 Direct speech: He said, “when will they come?”
Indirect speech: He asked when they would come.
 Direct speech: She asked his son, “why are you crying?”
Indirect speech: She asked her son why he was crying.
Indirect speech for sentence having MODALS, “can, may, must,
Present modals are changed to past modals:
 CAN changes into COULD

 He said, “I can drive a car”  They said, “we can climb on a
He said that he could drive a car. hill”
 She said, “he can play a violin.” They said that they can climb on
She said that he could play a a hill.
violin.
 MAY changes into MIGHT
 He said, “I may buy a computer” She said that he might visit a
He said that he might buy a doctor.
computer.  They said, “they may go to zoo”
 She said, “he may visit a doctor.” They said that they might go to
zoo.
 MUST changes into HAD TO

 He said, “I must work hard”
He said that he had to work hard.
 She said, “they must carry on their work”
She said that they had to carry on their work.
 I said to him, “you must learn the test-taking strategies”
I said to him that he had to learn the test-taking strategies.
Indirect speech for sentence having MODALS, should, ought to, might, would, and
could”
 The modal will not change in indirect speech
THESE MODALS DO NOT CHANGE: Would, could, might, should, ought to”
 Would
 They said, “we would apply for a He said that he would start a
visa” business.
They said that they would apply  She said, “I would appear in
for visa. exam”
 He said, “I would start a business. She said that she would appear in
the exam.
 Could
 She said, “she could play a piano” They said they couldn’t learn the
She said that she could play a lesson.
piano.  He said, “I could run faster”
 They said, “we couldn’t learn the He said that he could run faster.
lesson”
 Might  She said, “it might rain”

 He said, “guests might come” She said that it might rain.
He said that guest might come.  John said, “I might meet him”
John said that he might meet him.
 Should
 He said, “I should avail the She said that she should help
opportunity” him.
He said that he should avail the  They said, “we should take the
opportunity. exam”
 She said, “I should help a him” They said that they should take
the exam.
 Ought to
 He said to me, “you ought to wait for him”
He said to me that I ought to wait for him.
 She said, “I ought to learn method of study”
She said that she ought to learn method of study.
 They said, we ought to attend our classes”
They said that they ought to attend their classes.
Indirect speech for exclamatory and imperative sentences.
 Indirect speech of imperative sentence.
A sentence which expresses command, request, advice or suggestion is called

imperative sentence.
For example,
• Open the door.
• Please help me.
• Learn your lesson.
To change such sentences into indirect speech, the word “ordered” or

“requested” or “advised” or “suggested” or “forbade” or “not to do” is added to reporting
verb depending upon nature of imperative sentence in reported speech.
Examples.
 Direct speech: He said to me, “please help me”

Indirect Speech: He requested me to help him.
 Direct speech: She said to him, “you should work hard for exam”
Indirect Speech: He suggested him to work hard for exam.
 Direct speech: They said to him, “do not tell a lie”
Indirect Speech: They said to him not to tell a lie.
 Direct speech: He said, “open the door”
Indirect Speech: He ordered to open the door.
 Direct speech: The teacher said to student, “do not waste time”
Indirect Speech: The teacher advised the students not to waste time.
 Direct speech: He said, “please give me glass of water”
Indirect Speech: He requested to give him a glass of water.
 Direct speech: Doctor said to me, “Do not smoke”
Indirect Speech: Doctor advised me not to smoke.
 Direct speech: The teacher said to him, “Get out”
Indirect Speech: The teacher ordered him to get out.
Indirect speech of exclamatory sentences.
Sentence which expresses state of joy or sorrow or wonder is called exclamatory

sentence.
For example.
• Hurrah! We won the match.

• Alas! I failed the test.
• Wow! What a nice shirt it is.
To change such sentences, the words “exclaimed with joy” or “exclaimed with
sorrow” or “exclaimed with wonder” is added in the reporting verb depending upon the
nature of exclamatory sentence in indirect speech.
Examples.
 Direct speech: He said, “Hurrah! I won a prize”

Indirect Speech: He exclaimed with joy that he had won a prize.
 Direct speech: She said, “Alas! I failed in exam”
Indirect Speech: She exclaimed with sorrow that she failed in the exam.
 Direct speech: John said, “Wow! What a nice shirt it is”
Indirect Speech: John exclaimed with wonder that it was a nice shirt.
 Direct speech: She said, “Hurrah! I am selected for the job”
Indirect Speech: She exclaimed with joy that she was selected for the job.
 Direct speech: He said, “Oh no! I missed the train”
Indirect Speech: He exclaimed with sorrow that he had missed the train.
 Direct speech: They said, “Wow! What a pleasant weather it is”
Indirect Speech: They exclaimed with wonder that it was a pleasant weather.
 Changes in pronoun in Indirect Speech.
The pronoun (subject) of the reported speech is changed according to the pronoun of
reporting verb or object (person) of reporting verb (first part of sentence). Sometimes
the pronoun may not change.
1. First person pronoun in reported speech i.e. I, we, me, us, mine, or our, is changed
according to the pronoun of reporting verb if pronoun in reporting verb is third
person pronoun i.e. he, she, it, they, him, his, her, them or their.
Examples.
 Direct speech: He said, “I live in New York”

Indirect speech: He said that he lived in New York.
 Direct speech: They said, “we love our country”
Indirect speech: They said that they loved their country
2. First person pronoun in reported speech i.e. I, we, me, us, mine, or our, is not
changed if the pronoun (Subject) of reporting is also first person pronoun i.e. I or we.
Examples.
 Direct speech: I said, “I write a letter”
Indirect speech: I said that I wrote a letter.
 Direct speech: We said, “we completed our work”
Indirect speech: We said that we completed our work.
3. Second person pronoun in reported speech i.e. you, yours is changed according to
the person of object of reporting verb.
Examples.
 Direct speech: She said to him, “you are intelligent”

Indirect speech: She said to him that he was intelligent.
 Direct speech: He said to me, “you are late for the party”
Indirect speech: He said to me that I was late for the party.
4. Third person pronoun in reported speech i.e. he, she, it, they, him, his, her, them or
their, is not changed in indirect speech.
Examples.
 Direct speech: They said, “he will come”

Indirect speech: They said that he would come.
 Direct speech: You said, “they are waiting for the bus”
Indirect speech: You said that they were waiting for the bus.
 Changes in time and adverbs in indirect speech.
Examples.
 Direct speech: He said, “I will buy a book tomorrow”

Indirect speech: He said that he would buy a book the next day.
 Direct speech: She said, “I am happy now”
Indirect speech: She said that she was happy then.
 Direct speech: He said, “I like this book”
Indirect speech: He said that he liked that book.
Common Rules
 Today changes to that day/the same day

 Tomorrow changes to the next day/the following day
 Yesterday changes to the day before/the previous day
 Next week/month/year changes to the following week/month/year
 Last week/month/year changes to the previous week/month/year
 Now/just changes to then
 Ago changes to before
 Here changes to there
 This changes to that
Exercise 26
Sentences are given in the direct speech. Change them into the indirect speech.
1. He said, “I have got a toothache”.

2. Manu said, “I am very busy now”.
3. “Hurry up,” she said to us.
4. “Give me a cup of water,” he told her.
5. She said, “I am going to college.”
6. She said to me, “Thank you”
7. Raju said, “Gautam must go tomorrow”.
8. Geetha says, “My father is an Engineer.”
9. He said, “I have passed the physical test.”
10. She said to me, “You are my only friend.”
11. ‘I love you,’ he told me.
12. ‘Where are you going?’ James asked Mary.
Exercise 27
Complete the sentences in reported speech. Note whether the sentence is arequest, a
statement or a question.
1. He said, "I like this song."

2. "Where is your sister?" she asked me.
3. "I don't speak Italian," she said.
4. "Say hello to Jim," they said.
5. "The film began at seven o'clock," he said.
6. "Don't play on the grass, boys," she said.
7. "Where have you spent your money?" she asked him.
8. "I never make mistakes," he said.
9. "Does she know Robert?" he wanted to know.
10."Don't try this at home," the stuntman told the audience.
WH words: ¥Àæ±ÁßxÀðPÀ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼ÀÄ
WH words (What, Where, When, Why, Which etc…..) are the question words,
which are used to make questions.
¥Àæ±ÁßxÀðPÀ ±À§ÝUÀ¼ÀÄ (What, Where, When, Why, Which etc…..) ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ¼À£ÀÄß gÀa¸À°PÉÌ
CxÀªÁ PÉÃ¼À°PÉÌ §¼À¸À®àqÀÄªÀ ±À§ÝUÀ¼ÁVªÉ.
ªÁPÀåzÀ°è §¼À¸À®àqÀÄªÀ ±À§ÝUÀ¼ÀÄ PÉ®ªÀÅªÉÄä ¥Àæ±ÁßxÀðPÀ ±À§ÝUÀ¼ÁVgÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ. CAxÀºÀ ¸ÀAzÀA¨sÀðUÀ¼À°è

WH words UÀ¼ÁzÀ What, Where, When, Why, Which EvÁå¢UÀ¼À£ÀÄß §¼À¸À¨ÉÃPÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ. DzÀÝjAzÀ
F WÀlPÀzÀ°è WH words / ¥Àæ±ÁßxÀðPÀ ±À§ÝUÀ¼À ¥ÀnÖ (list) CxÀð (meaning) §¼ÀPÉ (usage) UÀ¼À£ÀÄß
GzÁºÀgÀuÉUÀ¼À (PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ°èAiÀÄÆ ¸À»vÀ) ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ¤ÃqÀ¯ÁVzÉ.
Question
Function Example
Word
What asking for information about something What is your name?

K£ÀÄ. AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉ MAzÀgÀ PÀÄjvÁV ªÀiÁ»w ºÉÃ¼À®Ä. ¤£Àß/¤ªÀÄä ºÉ¸ÀgÉÃ£ÀÄ?
asking for repetition or confirmation 1. What? I can't hear

¥ÀÄ£ÀgÁªÀwð¸À®Ä/ ªÀÄvÉÆÛªÉÄä PÉÃ¼À®Ä CxÀªÁ you.
SÁwæ¥Àr¸À®Ä. K£ÀÄ? £À£ÀUÉ ¸ÀjAiÀiÁV
PÉÃ¼ÀÄwÛ®è.
2. You did what?
¤Ã£ÀÄ K£ÀÄ ªÀiÁrzÉ?
what...for asking for a reason, asking why What did you do that for?
K£ÀPÁÌV. PÁgÀtªÀ£ÀÄß PÉÃ¼ÀÄªÀÅzÀPÁÌV. ¤Ã£ÀÄ CzÀPÉÌ K£ÀÄ ªÀiÁrzÉ?
When asking about time When did he leave?

AiÀiÁªÁUÀ. ¸ÀªÀÄAiÀÄzÀ §UÉÎ PÉÃ¼À®Ä CªÀ£ÀÄ AiÀiÁªÁUÀ ºÉÆÃzÀ£ÀÄ?
Where asking in or at what place or position Where do they live?

J°è. J°è/ AiÀiÁªÀ¸ÀÜ¼ÀzÀ°è JAzÀÄ ¥Àæ²ß¸À®Ä. CªÀgÀÄ J°è ªÁ¹¸ÀÄvÁÛgÉ?
Which asking about choice Which colour do you

AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ. DAiÉÄÌAiÀÄ PÀÄjvÀÄ PÉÃ¼À®Ä want?
¤£ÀUÉ AiÀiÁªÀ §tÚ ¨ÉÃPÀÄ?
Who asking what or which person or people Who opened the door?
AiÀiÁgÀÄ. (subject) AiÀiÁgÀÄ QlQAiÀÄ£ÀÄß vÉgÉ¸ÀªÀgÀÄ?
AiÀiÁgÀÄ (PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁrzÀªÀ£À ºÉ¸ÀgÀ£ÀÄß) PÉÃ¼À®Ä
Whom asking what or which person or people Whom did you see?
AiÀiÁgÀ£ÀÄß. (object) ¤Ã£ÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀ£ÀÄß £ÉÆÃrzÉ?
AiÀiÁgÀ£ÀÄß JAzÀÄ PÉÃ¼À®Ä
Whose asking about ownership Whose are these keys?

AiÀiÁgÀzÀÄ. ¸ÀA§AzsÀ¥ÀlÖªÀgÀ/ MqÉvÀ£ÀzÀ ªÀåQÛAiÀÄ ºÉ¸ÀgÀ£ÀÄß F QÃ°UÀ¼ÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀ¢ÝjvÀÛªÉ?
PÉÃ¼ÀÄªÁUÀ Whose turn is it?
E¢ÃUÀ AiÀiÁgÀ ¸ÀgÀ¢ EgÀÄvÀÛzÉ?
Why asking for reason, asking what...for Why do you say that?
AiÀiÁPÉ./ KPÉ. PÁgÀtªÀ£ÀÄß PÉÃ¼ÀÄªÁUÀ ¤Ã£ÀÄ CzÀ£ÀÄß KPÉ ºÉÃ¼ÀÄwÛ?
why don't making a suggestion Why don't they go there?

AiÀiÁPÁUÀÄªÀÅ¢®è. ¸À®ºÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß PÉÆqÀ®Ä CªÀgÀÄ C°èUÉ AiÀiÁPÉ
why not ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÀÅ¢®è?
AiÀiÁPÁUÀ¨ÁgÀzÀÄ Why not? Please take this.
AiÀiÁPÁUÀ¨ÁgÀzÀÄ? zÀAiÀÄ«lÄÖ
vÉUÉzÀÄPÉÆ½î.
How asking about manner How does this work?

ºÉÃUÉ. PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÀÄªÀ «zsÁ£À / PÁgÀå±ÉÊ°AiÀÄ PÀÄjvÀÄ EzÀÄ ºÉÃUÉ PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÀÄvÀÛzÉ?
PÉÃ¼À®Ä.
asking about condition or quality How is your brother?

UÀÄtªÀÄlÖ/ ¹ÜwAiÀÄ §UÉÎ PÉÃ¼À¯®Ä ¤£Àß ¸ÀºÉÆÃzÀgÀ ºÉÃVzÁÝ£É?
how far Distance How far is Delhi from

JµÀÄÖ zÀÆgÀ. zÀÆgÀ/ CAvÀgÀzÀ §UÉÎ PÉÃ¼À®Ä Bengaluru?
zÉºÀ° ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆj¤AzÀ JµÀÄÖ
zÀÆgÀ«zÉ?
how long length (time or space) How long will it take?

JµÀÄÖ GzÀÝ. ªÉÃ¼É, GzÀÝ (ªÀåQÛ, ¸ÀÜ¼À, ªÀ¸ÀÄÛ) PÉÃ¼À®Ä EzÀÄ JµÀÄÖ ¸ÀªÀÄAiÀÄ
vÉUÉzÀÄPÉÆ¼ÀÄîªÀÅzÀÄ?
How long it is?
EzÀÄ JµÀÄÖ GzÀÝ EzÉ?
how many quantity (countable) How many cars are there?

JµÀÄÖ ¥ÀæªÀiÁt/ ¥ÀjªÀiÁtzÀ PÀÄjvÀÄ PÉÃ¼À®Ä JµÀÄÖ ªÁºÀ£ÀUÀ½ªÉ?
(JtÂ¸À¯ÁUÀÄªÀ ªÀ¸ÀÄÛUÀ½UÉ ªÀÄvÀæ)
how much quantity (uncountable) How much money do you

JµÀÄÖ ¥ÀæªÀiÁt/ ¥ÀjªÀiÁtzÀ PÀÄjvÀÄ PÉÃ¼À®Ä have?
(JtÂ¸À¯ÁUÀ¢gÀÄªÀ ªÀ¸ÀÄÛUÀ½UÉ ªÀÄvÀæ) ¤£Àß/¤ªÀÄä ºÀwÛgÀ JµÀÄÖ
ºÀt«zÉ?
how old Age How old are you?
JµÀÄÖ ºÀ¼ÉAiÀÄ ªÀAiÀÄ¹ì£À PÀÄjvÀÄ PÉÃ¼À®Ä ¤£Àß ªÀAiÀÄ¸ÉìµÀÄÖ?
JµÀÄÖ ºÀ¼ÉAiÀÄ JAzÀÄ ªÀ¸ÀÄÛ«£À PÀÄjvÀÄ PÉÃ¼À®Ä How old it is?
EzÀÄ JµÀÄÖ ºÀ¼ÉAiÀÄzÀÄ?
Modals/Modal verbs
Modals/Modal verbs: modal verbs are used to indicate the different type of our
moods of actions. UÀ¼À£ÀÄß ªÀåQÛAiÀÄ CxÀªÁ PÉ®¸ÀUÀ¼À ««zsÀ £ÀªÀÄÆ£ÉAiÀÄ ªÀÄ£ÀB¹Üw/
ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃ¨sÁªÀ£ÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ªÀåPÀÛ¥Àr¸À®Ä §¼À¸ÀÄvÉÛÃªÉ.
GzÁ:
He can sing.
CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÁqÀ§®è£ÀÄ-¸ÁªÀÄxÀåð/±ÀQÛAiÀÄ ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃ¨sÁªÀ£É.
May I come in sir?
¸Áé«Ä, £Á£ÀÄ M¼ÀUÉ §gÀ§ºÀÄzÉ?- «£ÀAw ªÀåPÀÛ¥Àr¸ÀÄªÀ ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃ¨sÁªÀ£É.
He should not go there.
CªÀ£ÀÄ C°èUÉ ºÉÆÃ§¨ÁgÀzÀÄ.- DeÉÕ/C¢üPÁgÀ vÉÆÃgÀ®àqÀÄªÀ ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃ¨sÁªÀ£É.
You need to meet him.
¤Ã£ÀÄ CªÀ£À£ÀÄß ¨sÉÃlwAiÀiÁUÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ.- ¸À®ºÉ/ CªÀ±ÀåPÀvÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß w½¸ÀÄªÀ ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃ¨sÁªÀ£É.
F jÃw ¨ÉÃgÉ ¨ÉÃgÉ ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃ¨sÁªÀ£ÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ªÀåPÀÛ¥Àr¸À®Ä £ÀªÀÄUÉ Modal verbs UÀ¼ÀÄ

CªÀ±ÀåPÀªÁVªÉ. PÉ®ªÀÅ ¸À® F Modal verbs UÀ¼À£ÀÄß §¼À¸À¯ÁgÀzÉ CzÉÃ CxÀðªÀ£ÀÄß E£ÉÆßAzÀÄ
jÃwAiÀÄ°è ºÉÃ¼À§ºÀÄzÀÄ.
GzÁ:
He can sing. He is able to sing.
CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÁqÀ§®è£ÀÄ. CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÁqÀ§®è£ÀÄ.
DzÀgÉ F jÃw Modal verbs UÀ¼À£ÀÄß §¼À¸À¯ÁgÀzÉ ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃ¨sÀªÀ£ÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ªÀåPÀÛ¥Àr¸ÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ

PÉ®ªÉÇªÉÄä QèµÀÖPÀgÀªÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ. CzÀÝjAzÀ F WÀlPÀzÀ°è Modal verbs UÀ¼À CxÀð (meaning) ªÀÄvÀÄÛ
§¼ÀPÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß (usage) PÀ°AiÉÆÃt vÀzÀ£ÀAvÀgÀ ¨sÁµÁAvÀgÀzÀ°è ºÉÃUÉ §¼À¸À¨ÉÃPÀÄ JA§ÄzÀ£ÀÄß £ÉÆÃqÉÆÃt.
1. can
Use Examples
1. Ability to do something. in the 1. I can speak English.

present £Á£ÀÄ EAVèÃµÀ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀ§¯Éè£ÀÄ.
¸ÁªÀÄxÀåð/±ÀQÛ w½¸À®Ä. 2. Our team can win the match.
Can + v1=am,is,are able to+v1 3. Can they go for any alternative way?
Can’t+v1= am,is,are+not able to+v1 4. I am able to speak English
I can speak English
5. Our players are not able to defeat

them now.
Our players can not defeat them now.
1. Permission to do something. in 6. Can I go to the cinema?

the present M¦àUÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß £Á£ÀÄ ZÀ®£ÀavÀæPÉÌ ºÉÆÃUÀ§ºÀÄzÉ?
vÉUÉzÀÄPÉÆ¼Àî®Ä. 7. Can I have your pen please?
8. Can we move now?
2. Request «£ÀAw ªÀiÁrPÉÆ¼Àî®Ä. 9. Can you wait a moment, please?

zÀAiÀÄ«lÄÖ ¤ÃªÀÅ ¸Àé®à PÁAiÀÄÄ«gÁ?
10. Can I sit here? if you don’t mind.
11. Can we take that, please?
3. Offer PÉÆqÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ/ ¤ÃqÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ. 12. I can lend you my car till
tomorrow. £Á¼ÉAiÀÄªÀgÉUÉ £Á£ÀÄ ¤£ÀUÉ £À£Àß
ªÁºÀ£ÀªÀ£ÀÄß PÉÆqÀÄvÉÛÃ£É.
13. Nothing to worry, we can give our
books to you.
4. Suggestion ¸À®ºÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¤ÃqÀ®Ä. 14. Can we select that candidate? I think he
is better.
£À£ÀUÉ D C¨sÀåyðAiÀÄÄ GvÀÛªÀÄ£É¤¸ÀÄvÁÛ£É, £ÁªÀÅ
CªÀ£À£ÀÄß Dj¸À§ºÀÄzÉ?
15. Can we visit Grandma at the weekend?
5. Possibility ¸ÁzsÀåvÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß w½¸À®Ä. 16. If it doesn’t rain I can climb the
nountain. ªÀÄ¼ÉAiÀiÁUÀzÉ ºÉÆÃzÀgÉ £Á£ÀÄ
¥ÀªÀðvÀªÀ£ÀÄß KgÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ.
17. It can get very hot in Arizona.
2. Could
Use Examples
1. Ability to do something. (in the 1. They could get success in their attempt.
past time) CªÀgÀÄ vÀªÀÄä ¥ÀæAiÀÄvÀßzÀ°è AiÀÄ±À¸Àì£ÀÄß
¸ÁªÀÄxÀåð/±ÀQÛ w½¸À®Ä. ¸Á¢¸À§®èªÀgÁVzÀÝgÀÄ.
Could+v1= was/were+able to+v1 2. The Indian cricket team could defeat
Could not+v1= was/were not able the opponent team in the final match.
to+v1 The Indian cricket team was able to
defeat the opponent team in the final
match.
2. Permission to do something in 3. Ravi could use my car even in my
the past. M¦àUÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß vÉUÉzÀÄPÉÆ¼Àî®Ä. absence. £Á¤gÀ¢zÁÝUÀ®Æ ¸À»vÀ gÀ« £À£Àß
ªÁºÀ£ÀªÀ£ÀÄß §¼À¸À§ºÀÄzÀÄ.
4. Could I go to the cinema?
3. Polite question. £ÀªÀÄæªÁV ¥Àæ²ß¸À®Ä. 5. Could we come after lunch, please?
£ÁªÀÅ gÁwæ HlªÁzÀ £ÀAvÀgÀ §gÀ§ºÀÄzÉ?
6. Could you allow us to go to the movie,
please?
4. polite request. £ÀªÀÄæªÁV 7. Could you wait a moment, please?
«£ÀAw¸À®Ä. zÀAiÀÄ«lÄÖ, ¤Ã£ÀÄ/¤ÃªÀÅ ¸Àé®à PÁAiÀÄÄ«gÁ?
8. Could you keep your bag that side,
please?
5. Polite offer. «£ÀªÀÄæªÁV 9. I could lend you my books till
K£ÁzÀgÉÆAzÀ£ÀÄß PÉÆqÀ®Ä. tomorrow. £Á£ÀÄ ¤£ÀUÉ/¤ªÀÄUÉ £Á¼ÉAiÀÄªÉgÉUÉ
£À£Àß ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß PÉÆqÀÄªÉ£ÀÄ.
10. We could provide each and everything
to finish the task.
6. Polite suggestion. «£ÀAiÀÄ¢AzÀ 11. Could we visit Grandma at the
¸À®ºÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß PÉÆqÀ®Ä. weekend? £ÁªÀÅ ªÁgÀzÀ PÉÆ£ÉUÉ CfÓAiÀÄ£ÀÄß
¨sÉÃnAiÀiÁUÀ§ºÀÄzÉ?
12. Could we choose that book instead of
this one?
7. Possibility. ¸ÁzsÀåvÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß w½¸À®Ä. 13. It could get very hot in Rajstan.
gÁd¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀ°è vÀÄA¨Á ©¹®Ä JgÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ.
3. May
Use Examples
1. Possibility ¸ÁzsÀåvÉ w½¸À®Ä. 1. It may rain today.
F ¢£À ªÀÄ¼ÉAiÀiÁUÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ.
2. We may give an ultimate end to this.
2. Permission to do something. 3. May I go to the cinema? £Á£ÀÄ ZÀ®£ÀavÀæPÉÌ
M¦àUÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß PÉÆqÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ. ºÉÆÃUÀ§ºÀÄzÉ?
4. May I sit here?
3. Polite suggestion. «£ÀªÀÄævÉ¬ÄAzÀ 5. May I help you? £Á£ÀÄ ¤ªÀÄUÉ ¸ÀºÁAiÀÄ
¸À®ºÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¤ÃqÀ®Ä. ªÀiÁqÀ§ºÀÄzÉ?
6. May I lift your bag, madam?
4. Might
Use Examples
1. possibility (less possible than 1. It might rain today.
may) ¸ÁzsÀåvÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß w½¸À®Ä. EªÀvÀÄÛ ªÀÄ¼ÉAiÀiÁUÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ.
2. Today is holiday, the children might
come to the class today.
2. hesitant offer »AdjPÉ¬ÄAzÀ 3. Might I say something, if you agree?
¤ªÉÃzÀ£É ªÀiÁrPÉÆ¼Àî®Ä. ¤Ã£ÀÄ/¤ÃªÀÅ M¥ÀÄàªÀÅzÁzÀgÉ £Á£ÀÄ ¤ªÀÄUÉÆAzÀÄ
ºÉÃ¼À¯É?
4. Might I help you?
5. must
Use Examples
1. force, necessity 1. I must go to the today.
MvÁÛAiÀÄ¥ÀÆªÀðPÀªÁV/CªÀ±ÀåªÁV £Á£ÀÄ F¢£À ªÀiÁgÀÄPÀmÉÖUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ¯ÉÃ¨ÉÃPÀÄ.
w½¸À®Ä. 2. They must obey this at any cost.
2. Possibility ¸ÁzsÀåvÉ w½¸À®Ä. 3. You must be tired.
¤£ÀUÉ zÀtÂªÁVgÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ.
4. I don’t know what happened; I think they
must be the winners.
3. advice, recommendation ¸À®ºÉ/ 5. You must see that new film. ¤Ã£ÀÄ/¤ÃªÀÅ
²¥sÁgÀ¸ÀÄì ªÀiÁqÀ®Ä. C ºÉÆ¸À ZÀ®£ÀavÀæªÀ£ÀÄß £ÉÆÃqÀÄ/£ÉÆÃrj.
6. You must take rest.
4. certainty 7. That must be Ravi. They said he was
RavÀvÉ ªÀåPÀÛ¥Àr¸À®Ä. tall.
CªÀ£ÀÄ gÀ«AiÉÄÃ EgÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ, CªÀ£ÀÄ
JvÀÛgÀªÁVzÀÝ£ÉAzÀÄ CªÀgÀÄ ºÉÃ½zÀgÀÄ
8. That must have been the right

restaurant. There are no other
restaurants on this street.
5. prohibition 9. You must not swim in that river. It's full
¤µÉÃzsÁvÀäPÀ ªÁPÀåUÀ¼À §¼ÀPÉUÁV. of crocodiles.
¤Ã£ÀÄ/¤ÃªÀÅ £À¢AiÀÄ°è Fd¨ÉÃrj CzÀgÀ
vÀÄA¨Á ªÉÆ¸À¼ÉUÀ½ªÉ.
10. You must not forget to take your
malaria medication.
6. strong 11. You must take rest.

recommendation ¤Ã£ÀÄ/¤ÃªÀÅ «±ÁæAwAiÀÄ£ÀÄß vÉUÉzÀÄPÉÆ/
²¥sÁgÀ¸ÀÄì ªÀiÁqÀ®Ä. vÉUÉzÀÄPÉÆ½î.
12. You mustn't drink so much. It's not
good for your health.
7. necessity 13. You must have a permit to enter the

CªÀ±ÀåPÀvÉ w½¸À®Ä. office.
PÀbÉÃjAiÀÄ M¼ÀUÀqÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ®Ä ¤ÃªÀÅ M¦àUÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß
vÉUÉzÀÄPÉÆ¼Àî¨ÉÃPÀÄ.
6. need not
Use Examples
1. something is not necessary 1. I needn't go to the market; we're
CªÀ±ÀåPÀvÉ E®èªÉAzÀÄ w½¸À®Ä. going to the restaurant tonight.
£ÁªÀÅ ¨sÉÆÃd£Á®AiÀÄPÉÌ
ºÉÆÃUÀÄwÛgÀÄªÀÅzÁzÀÝjAzÀ £Á£ÀÄ
ªÀiÁgÀÄPÀmÉÖUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÀ CªÀ±ÀåPÀvÉ E®è.
2. They need not come to the class,
today I can’t engage class.
7. ought to
simliar to should – ought to sounds a little less subjective
Use Examples
1. Advice 1. You ought to drive carefully.
¸À®ºÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ¤ÃqÀ®Ä. ¤zsÁ£ÀªÁV ªÁºÀ£ÀªÀ£ÀÄß ZÀ¯Á¬Ä¹j.
2. You ought to take medicine in time.

2. Obligation. 3. You ought to switch off the light when
DeÁÕzsÁgÀPÀ ªÁPÀåªÀ£ÀÄß ºÉÃ¼À®Ä. you leave the room.
ºÉÆgÀUÀqÉ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÁUÀ ¤Ã£ÀÄ «zÀÄåvï
¢Ã¥ÀªÀ£ÀÄß Dj¹ºÉÆÃUÀÄ.
4. They ought to pay the examination fees
in time.
8. shall
used instead of will in the 1st person
Use Examples
1. future action 1. I shall be there by 8:00.
¨sÀ«µÀåzÀ°èAiÀÄ PÉ®¸ÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ªÀiÁqÀ®Ä. £Á£ÀÄ 8 WÀAmÉAiÀÄ M¼ÀUÀqÉ C°ègÀÄvÉÛÃ£É.
2. I shall be replaced by someone from
the New York office.
3. Shall we begin dinner?
2. suggestions £ÁªÀÅ HlªÀ£ÀÄß ¥ÁægÀA©ü¸À§ºÀÄzÉ?
¸À®ºÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¤ÃqÀ®Ä. 4. Shall we move into the living room?
5. Shall I carry your bag?
6. Shall I give you a solution?
3. volunteering, 7. I shall take care of everything for you.
promising £Á£ÀÄ ¤£ÀUÁV J®è PÁ¼ÀfAiÀÄ£ÀÄß
¸Àé EZÉÑ¬ÄAzÀ ¥ÀæªÀiÁt ªÀiÁqÀ®Ä. vÉUÉzÀÄPÉÆ¼ÀÄîvÉÛÃ£É.
8. I shall make the travel arrangements.
There's no need to worry.
9. We shall accept what we get.
4. inevitability £ÁªÀÅ K£À£ÀÄß ¥ÀqÉAiÀÄÄvÉÛÃªÉAiÉÆ CzÀ£ÀÄß
C¤ªÁgÀåªÉ£ÀÄßªÀ PÉ®¸ÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß w¼À¸À®Ä.
¹éÃPÀj¸À¨ÉÃPÀÄ.
10. Man shall explore the distant regions
of the universe.
9. should
Use Examples
1. Advice ¸À®ºÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß w¼À¸À®Ä. 1. You should drive slowly, life is very
precious.
fÃªÀ£À CªÀÄÆ®åªÁzÀÄÝ, ¤Ã£ÀÄ ¤zsÁ£ÀªÁV
ªÁºÀ£ÀªÀ£ÀÄß ZÀ¯Á¬Ä¸ÀÄ.
2. You should work hard to score more.
2. obligation. PÀgÁjUÉ/ ¤AiÀÄªÀÄPÉÌ 3. You should not use mobile in the class.
§zsÀÞªÁVgÀ®Ä w½¸ÀÄªÁUÀ. ¤Ã£ÀÄ vÀgÀUÀwAiÉÆ¼ÀUÉ dAUÀªÀÄªÁtÂAiÀÄ£ÀÄß
§¼À¸À¨ÉÃqÀ
4. Only few should go for doing that work.
3. recommendation, advisability 5. People with high cholesterol should eat
²¥sÁgÀ¸ÀÄì/ ¸À®ºÁvÀäPÀ ºÉÃ½PÉ ¤ÃqÀ®Ä. low-fat foods.
¸ÀÆÜ®PÁAiÀÄªÀÅ¼ÀîªÀgÀÄ PÀqÉªÉÄ PÉÆ©â£ÁA±ÀzÀ
¥ÀzÁxÀðUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¸ÉÃ«¸À¨ÉÃPÀÄ.
6. Guru should have eaten low-fat foods.

That might have prevented his heart
attack.
7. You really should start eating better.
10. will
Use Examples
1. wish, request, demand, order (less 1. Will you please shut the door?
polite than would) §AiÀÄPÉ, «£ÀAw, zÀAiÀÄ«lÄÖ ¨ÁV®£ÀÄß ªÀÄÄZÀÄÑwÛÃgÁ.
CeÉÕ ¤ÃqÀ®Ä. 2. Will you please come this side?
2. Assumption. HºÉAiÀiÁvÀäPÀ ºÉÃ½PÉ 3. I think it will rain.
¤ÃqÀ®Ä. ªÀÄ¼ÉAiÀiÁUÀ§ºÀÄzÉAzÀÄ £À£ÀUÀ¤¸ÀÄwÛzÉ.
4. I hope they will be here within 10
minutes.
3. Promise ¥ÀæªÀiÁt ªÀiÁqÀ®Ä. 5. I will not smoke nowonwards. £Á£ÀÄ
E£ÀÄß ªÉÄÃ¯É zsÀÆªÀÄæ¥Á£ÀªÀ£ÀÄß
ªÀiÁqÀÄªÀÅ¢®è.
6. We will not tell lies henceforth.
4. Spontaneous decision. ¸Àé¥ÉæÃjvÀ 7. Can somebody drive me to the
¤zsÁðgÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß vÉUÉzÀÄPÉÆ¼Àî®Ä. station? - I will.
8. AiÀiÁgÁzÀgÀÄ £À£Àß£ÀÄß ¤¯ÁÝtPÉÌ
PÀgÉzÀÄPÉÆAqÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀÄ«gÁ?
5. Habits gÀÆrü, ¥ÀÈªÀÈwÛ, §¼ÀPÉAiÀÄ, 9. She's strange, she'll sit for hours
¸Àé¨sÁªÀvÀB ºÉÃ½PÉ ¤ÃqÀ®Ä. without talking.
CªÀ¼ÀÄ «avÀæ¸Àé¨sÁªÀzÀªÀ½zÁÝ¼É
ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀzÉ WÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀªÀgÉUÉ
PÀÄ½vÀÄPÉÆ¼ÀÄîvÁÛ¼É.
11. would
Use Examples
1. Wish, request (more polite than will) 1. Would you shut the door,
§AiÀÄPÉ, «eÁÕ¥À£ÉAiÀÄ ºÉÃ½PÉ ¤ÃqÀ®Ä. please? zÀAiÀÄ«lÄÖ ¨ÁV®£ÀÄß
ªÀÄÄZÀÄÑ«gÁ?
2. Would you permit us to go to
the market, please?
2. Order/command (without using 3. Would you give me the book?
PLEASE). DeÉÕAiÀÄ£ÀÄß w½¸À®Ä. 4. £À£ÀUÉ ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀªÀ£ÀÄß PÉÆqÀÄªÉAiÀiÁ?
5. Would you come after the class.
Conditional sentences
These are used to express that the action in the main clause can only take place,
if a certain condition is fulfilled. These are three types of conditional sentences.
MAzÀÄ PÉ®¸ÀªÁUÀ¨ÉÃPÁzÀgÉ ºÁQzÀAxÀºÀ µÀgÀvÀÛ£ÀÄß ¥ÀÆgÉÊ¸À¨ÉÃPÉA§ ¤AiÀÄªÀÄ CxÀªÁ PÀgÁgÀ£ÀÄß w½¸ÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ,
CAzÀgÉ PÉ®¸ÀzÉÆA¢UÉ µÀgÀvÀÛ£ÀÄß w½¸ÀÄªÀAxÀºÀ ªÁPÀå eÉÆÃrAiÉÄ conditional sentences.
Ex: If I know that I will tell you. £À£ÀUÉ UÉÆvÁÛzÀgÉ £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÃ¼ÀÄªÉ£ÀÄ.
E°ègÀÄªÀ PÉ®¸À: £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÃ¼ÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ ºÁQgÀÄªÀ PÀgÁgÀÄ: £À£ÀUÉ UÀÄvÁÛzÀgÉ ªÀiÁvÀæ..
CAzÀgÉ ºÁQgÀÄªÀ PÀgÁgÀÄ £ÀqÉzÀgÉ ªÀiÁvÀæ ºÉÃ¼ÀÄªÀAxÀºÀ PÉ®¸À £ÀqÉAiÀÄÄvÀÛzÉ.
If they come soon I will meet them.

E°ègÀÄªÀ PÉ®¸À: £Á£ÀÄ ¨sÉÃnAiÀiÁUÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ. ºÁQgÀÄªÀ PÀgÁgÀÄ: CªÀgÀÄ §gÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ.
CAzÀgÉ ºÁQgÀÄªÀ PÀgÁgÀÄ £ÀqÉzÀgÉ ªÀiÁvÀæ ºÉÃ¼ÀÄªÀAxÀºÀ PÉ®¸À £ÀqÉAiÀÄÄvÀÛzÉ.
TYPE 1 CONDITIONAL
The type 1 conditional refers to a possible condition and its probable result. In
these sentences the if clause is in the simple present, and the main clause is in the
simple future.
F ªÉÆzÀ®£ÉÃ conditional sentence £À°è ªÀvÀðªÀiÁ£À/¨sÀ«µÀåvï PÁ®zÀ°è ¸ÁzsÀåªÁUÀÄªÀ
µÀgÀvÀÄÛ/¨ÉÃrPÉ (possible condition) ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸ÁzsÀåªÁUÀÄªÀ ¥sÀ°vÁA±ÀªÀ£ÀÄß (possible result)
w½¸À®Ä §¼À¸À¯ÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ.
If clause Main clause
If + simple present simple future
If this thing happens that thing will happen.
If you don't hurry you will miss the train.
If it rains today you will get wet.
TYPE 2 CONDITIONAL
The type 2 conditional is used to refer to a time that is now or any time, and a
situation that is unreal. These sentences are not based on fact. The type 2 conditional is
used to refer to a hypothetical condition and its probable result. In type 2 conditional
sentences, the if clause uses the simple past, and the main clause uses the present
conditional.
Ex: If this thing happened that thing would happen. (but I'm not sure this thing will
happen) OR that thing would be happening.

If + simple past present conditional or present continuous conditional
If you went to bed earlier you would not be so tired.
If it rained you would get wet.
If I spoke Italian I would be working in Italy.
TYPE 3 CONDITIONAL
This conditional is used to refer to a time that is in the past, and a situation that is
contrary to reality. The facts, they are based on, are the opposite of what is expressed.
The type 3 conditional is used to refer to an unreal past condition and its probable past
result. In type 3 conditional sentences, the if clause uses the past perfect, and the main
clause uses the perfect conditional.
Ex: If this thing had happened that thing would have happened. (but neither of those
things really happened) OR that thing would have been happening.

If + past perfect perfect conditional or perfect continuous conditional
If you had studied harder you would have passed the exam.
If it had rained you would have gotten wet.
If I had accepted that promotion I would have been working in Milan.
MIXED TYPE CONDITIONAL

The mixed type conditional is used to refer to a time that is in the past, and a
situation that is ongoing into the present. The facts they are based on are the opposite of
what is expressed. The mixed type conditional is used to refer to an unreal past
condition and its probable result in the present. In mixed type conditional sentences,
the if clause uses the past perfect, and the main clause uses the present conditional.
Ex: If this thing had happened that thing would happen. (but this thing didn't happen so
that thing isn't happening)

If + past perfect or simple past present conditional or perfect conditional
If I had worked harder at school I would have a better job now.
If we had looked at the map we wouldn't be lost.
If you weren't afraid of spiders you would have picked it up and put it outside.
Exercise 28
Conditional sentences Exercises
1. If I study, I _______ pass the exams.
2. If it rains, the children _______ not go for a walk.
3. If I came home earlier, I _______ prepare dinner.
4. If the sun shines, we _______ walk to the town.
5. If the boys do not play football, the girls _______ not come to the football pitch.
6. If he has a temperature, he _______ see the doctor.
7. If I were you, I _______ not go to Kiran's party.
8. If my friends come, I _______ be very happy.
9. If she earns a lot of money, she _______ fly to New York.
10. If you did a paper round, you _______ earn a little extra money.
11. If we travel to London, we _______ visit the museums.
12. If you wear sandals, you _______ slip on the rocks.
13. If she did not bully her classmates, she _______ have more friends.
14. If Rita forgets her homework, the teacher _______ give her a low mark.
15. If they had waited for another 10 minutes, they _______ have seen the pop star.
16. If they go to the disco, they _______ listen to loud music.
17. If you wait a minute, I _______ask my parents.
18. If the weather had been nice, they _______ have played football.
19. If she does not read the novel, she _______ not pass the literature test.
20. If I do not argue with my father, he _______ lend me his motorbike.
Exercise 29
1. If Jeff did not like Jessica, he _______ not buy her an ice-cream.
2. If we take the bus, we _______ not arrive in time.
3. If we had used the town map, we _______ _______got lost.
4. If Dick does not buy the book, his friends _______ be angry with him.
5. If the teacher had explained the homework, I _______ have done it.
6. If Tom does not tidy up his room, Victoria _______ not help him with the muffins.
7. If the police had come earlier, they _______arrested the burglar.
8. If Oliver found money, he _______ not keep it.
9. If they did not wear pullovers in the mountains, it _______ be too cold during the
night.
10. If you had bought fresh green vegetable, your salad _______tasted better.
11. If you eat too much junk food, you _______ not lose weight.
12. If I do not complete homework tomorrow morning, my mother _______ not allow
me to go outside.
13. If it had not rained, the children _______ _______ played outside.
14. If they do not hurry, they _______ not catch the train.
15. If Mary had asked me, I _______ _______ emailed the documents.
16. If Tony knew her phone number, he _______ not give it to Frank.
17. If the boys had taken the bus to school, they _______ _______ arrived on time.
18. If we lived in Rome, Jayaraj _______ visit us.
19. If she had bought a new hard disk, she _______ not have lost all data.
20. If you dropped this bottle, it _______ not break.
Exercise 30
1. If he did not print the document, I _______ not correct it.

2. If Fred had not cheated at the test, his teacher _______ _______phoned his father.
3. If the police had not stopped me, I _______ _______ reached you in time.
4. If it was not so late, we _______ play a game of chess.
5. If he had spoken more slowy, Peter _______ _______e understood him.
6. If Tom had eaten more salad, he _______ _______caught a cold.
7. If John had learned more words, he ______________ written a good report.
8. If we did not visit this museum, we _______ not write a good report.
9. If you had checked the car, it _______broken down in the middle of the desert.
10. If Tim and Tom were older, they _______ play in our hockey team.
11. If we had gone to a good restaurant, we _______ had a better dinner.
12. If he was my friend, I _______ invite him to my birthday party.
13. If Susan studied harder, she _______ be better at school.
14. If they had enough money, they _______ buy a new car.
15. If my parents had not been so tired, they _______watched the film on TV.
16. If I had not switched off the radio, I _______known about the second goal.
17. If Michael got more pocket money, he _______ ask Doris out for dinner.
18. If we hurried, we _______ catch the bus.
19. If his older brother had not driven so fast, he _______crashed into the other car.
20. If it rained, Nina _______ take an umbrella with her.
Degrees of Comparison
Degrees of comparison are used when we compare one person or one thing with
another ªÁPÀå CxÀªÁ ªÀ¸ÀÄÛUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ºÉÆÃ°PÉ ªÀiÁr ¤tðAiÀÄUÀ¼À£ÀÄß CxÀªÁ C©ü¥ÁæAiÀÄUÀ¼À£ÀÄß w½¸ÀÄªÁUÀ
Degrees of comparison £ÀÄß §¼À¸ÀÄvÉÛÃªÉ.
There are three Degrees of Comparison in English.
1. Positive Form -
These are the simple adjectives that simply describe the noun without comparing it to
another - big, sweet, clean, etc.
¸ÁªÀiÁ£Àå UÀÄt CxÀªÁ «±ÉÃµÀtUÀ¼À£ÀÄß §¼À¹ ªÀåQÛ CxÀªÁªÀ¸ÀÄÛ MAzÀgÀ PÀÄjvÀÄ ºÉÃ¼À®Ä F «zsÀªÀ£ÀÄß
§¼À¸ÀÄvÉÛÃªÉ.
Ex:
 She has a big car. CªÀ¼À ºÀwÛgÀ MAzÀÄ zÉÆqÀØ ªÁºÀ£À/PÁgÀÄ EzÉ.
 He is a sweet boy. CªÀ£ÉÆ§â M¼ÉîAiÀÄ ºÀÄqÀÄUÀ¤zÁÝ£É.
 The shirt is clean. CAVAiÀÄÄ ¸ÀéZÀÑªÁVzÉ.
2. Comparative Form -
These are used when we are comparing two nouns and need to show which noun
possesses the adjective or character in a greater or lesser amount, when compared with
the other. - bigger, sweeter, cleaner, etc.
JgÀqÀÄ ªÀ¸ÀÄÛUÀ¼À£ÀÄß CxÀªÁ E§âgÀ£ÀÄß ºÉÆÃ°PÉ ªÀiÁr CªÀgÀ°èAiÀÄ CxÀªÁ CªÀÅUÀ¼À°èAiÀÄ ºÉZÀÄÑ CxÀªÁ
PÀrªÉÄ JA§ UÀÄuÁvÀäPÀ CA±ÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ºÉÃ¼À®Ä F ªÁPÀåªÀ£ÀÄß §¼À¸ÀÄvÉÛÃªÉ.
Ex:
 His car is bigger than mine. CªÀ£À ªÁºÀ£À £À£Àß ªÁºÀ£ÀQÌAvÀ zÉÆqÀØ¢zÉ.
 He is sweeter than the other boys. CªÀ£ÀÄ EvÀgÉ ºÀÄqÀÄUÀjVAvÀ M¼ÉîAiÀÄªÀ¤zÁÝ£É.
 The shirt is cleaner than before. F CAVAiÀÄÄ F ªÀÄÄAZÉVAvÀ ±ÀÄ¨sÀæªÁVzÉ.
3. Superlative Form -
This form is used when three or more nouns are being compared and we need to show
that one or more of the nouns posses the adjective or characteristic to the highest
amount possible. We usually add ‘the’ before the superlative form. - biggest, sweetest,
cleanest, etc.
EzÀÄ ªÀ¸ÀÄÛ CxÀªÁ ªÀåQÛUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ºÉÆÃ°¹ CªÀgÀ°èAiÀÄ CxÀªÁ CªÀÅUÀ¼À°èAiÀÄ ºÉaÑ£À CxÀªÁ ±ÉæÃµÀ×ªÁzÀ UÀÄt
¸ÀÆa¸ÀÄªÀ ¸ÀAzÀ¨sÀðzÀ°è F ªÁPÀåªÀ£ÀÄß §¼À¸ÀÄvÉÛÃªÉ.
Ex:
 She has the biggest car in the colony.
CªÀ¼À ºÀwÛgÀ EgÀÄªÀ ªÁºÀ£À ErÃ ªÀoÁgÀzÀ°èAiÉÄ CvÀåAvÀ zÉÆqÀØzÁVzÉ.
 He is the sweetest boy in his class.
CªÀ£ÀÄ vÀgÀUÀwAiÀÄ°èAiÉÄ CvÀåAvÀ M¼ÉîAiÀÄ ºÀÄqÀÄUÀ¤zÁÝ£É.
 This shirt is the cleanest thing in the house.
F CAVAiÀÄÄ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°ègÀÄªÀ ªÀ¸ÀÄÛUÀ¼À°èAiÉÄ CvÀåAvÀ ±ÀÄ¨sÀæªÁVzÉ.
Making Comparatives and Superlatives.
There are certain rules that must be followed in the making of the comparatives and
superlatives of the adjectives. Not all adjectives form their comparatives and
superlatives in the same way and there are also some irregular adjectives that form
completely different comparative and superlative forms.
 Single Syllable Words and Double Syllable Words ending with -y, -er, -ow, -le -
We use ‘-er’ to make the comparative and ‘-est’ to make the superlative.
Positive Comparative Superlative

Black Blacker Blackest
Fair Fairer Fairest
Clever Cleverer Cleverest
 When there is a silent ‘e’ at the end of the positive form, we remove that and add
‘-er’ and ‘-est’
Nice Nicer Nicest
Late Later Latest
 When the adjective ends with a ‘y’, we convert the ‘y’ into ‘i’ before adding ‘-er’
and ‘-est’
Pretty Prettier Prettiest
Lazy Lazier Laziest
 If the adjective is a small one with little stress on the vowel, we double the last
consonant.
Hot Hotter Hottest
Wet Wetter Wettest
 Other Words with Two or More Syllables -

For other double syllable words that do not end with -y, -er, -ow, -le, and for adjectives
with more than two syllables we use more and most to form the comparatives and
superlatives.

Difficult More Difficult Most Difficult
Careful More Careful Most Careful
Handsome More Handsome Most Handsome
Interesting More Interesting Most Interesting
Special Adjectives -
There a few adjectives that can use both ‘-er and -est’ and ‘more’ and ‘most’ to form their
comparative and superlative forms. The distinction between these is that ‘-er and -est’
are used when we are comparing the noun to another noun and ‘more’ and ‘most’ is
used when we are comparing characteristics within the noun.

Clever Cleverer/ More Clever Cleverest/Most Clever
Example: He is cleverer than her.

He is more clever than studious.

Quiet Quieter/ More Quiet Quietest/ Most Quiet
Example:This is the most quiet it gets here.

This is the quietest place.

Brave Braver/ More Brave Bravest/ Most Brave
Example:
She was more brave than afraid.

She is braver than other girls.

Sure Surer/ More Sure Surest/ Most Sure
Example:
You’ll be more sure about the concept after you read the chapter.
He was surer of the result than others.
 Irregular Comparisons -
These adjectives do not make their comparative and superlative forms using the rules
above. Their comparative and superlative forms are different words altogether.

Bad Worse Worst
Good Better Best
Far (place & time) Further Furthest
Far (place) Farther Farthest
Old (people) Elder Eldest
Little (amount) Less Least
Late (order) Latter Last
Sentences with Comparative Adjectives

1. My house is bigger than yours.
2. Your grade is worse than mine.
3. The Pacific Ocean is deeper than the Arctic Ocean.
4. You are more polite than Joey.
5. My brother is taller than me, but he is younger, too.
6. A rose is more beautiful than a daisy.
7. The Earth is larger in diameter than the moon.
8. Learning Japanese is more difficult than leaning Italian.
Sentences with Superlative Adjectives

1. I can’t find my most comfortable jeans.
2. Jupiter is the biggest planet in our Solar System.
3. She is the smartest girl in our class.
4. This is the most interesting book I have ever read.
5. I am the shortest person in my family.
6. That was the best movie ever.
7. Kiran is the most handsome boy in the whole school.
8. Mount Everest is the highest mountain in the world.
Comparison of Adverbs
Adverbs, like adjectives, have three degrees of comparison – the positive, the
comparative and the superlative. The different degrees of comparison are formed in
different ways: Short adverbs having just one syllable form the comparative and the
superlative by the addition of –er and –est to the positive.
UÀÄt«±ÉÃµÀtUÀ¼ÀAvÉ (adjectives) QæAiÀiÁ«±ÉÃµÀtUÀ¼À°èAiÀÄÆ (adverbs) F ªÀÄÆgÀÄ «zsÀªÁzÀ

ªÁPÀåUÀ¼À£ÀÄß §¼À¸ÀÄvÉÛÃªÉ.
 Hard (positive), harder (comparative), hardest (superlative)

 Soon, sooner, soonest
 Fast, faster, fastest
 Late, later, latest
 Loud, louder, loudest
 Clean, cleaner, cleanest
 Clear, clearer, clearest
 Low, lower, lowest
 High, higher, highest
 Note that almost all adverbs which are also used as adjectives belong to this
class.
Adverbs ending in –ly

 Adverbs which end in –ly take more for the comparative and most for the
superlative.
 Softly (positive), more softly (comparative), most softly (superlative)

 Happily, more happily, most happily
 Swiftly, more swiftly, most swiftly
 Ably, more ably, most ably
 Truly, more truly, most truly
 Greedily, more greedily, most greedily
 Efficiently, more efficiently, most efficiently
 Certainly, more certainly, most certainly
 Painfully, more painfully, most painfully
 Joyfully, more joyfully, most joyfully
 Exception
1. The adverb early is an exception to this rule.

 Early (positive), earlier (comparative), earliest (superlative)
2. Some adverbs form their comparative and superlative degrees in an

irregular manner:
 Far (positive), farther, further (comparative), farthest, furthest (superlative)
 Late (positive), later (comparative), last, latest (superlative)
 Well (positive), better (comparative), best (superlative)
 Badly, worse, worst
 Little, less, least
 Much, more, most
Notes
It should be noted that only adverbs of time, degree and manner have three degrees of
comparison.
Adverbs such as now, then, once, there, where, why, how, not, never, ever etc., cannot be
compared and hence they do not have the three degrees of comparison.
Sentence Examples
1. This house was constructed more recently than the one across the street.
2. Sarah drives more carefully now.
3. After a few weeks of lessons I could dance more gracefully than before.
4. The kite flew higher and higher as the wind picked up.
5. The course teaches you how to more effectively manage your time.
Punctuations
Punctuation is the system of signs or symbols given to a reader to show how a
sentence is constructed and how it should be read. Sentences are the building blocks
used to construct written accounts. They are complete statements. Punctuation shows
how the sentence should be read and makes the meaning clear. Every sentence should
include, at least, a capital letter at the start, and a full stop, exclamation mark or
question mark at the end. This basic system indicates that the sentence is complete.
1) The Comma (,)

The comma is useful in a sentence when the writer wishes to:
1. pause before proceeding
2. add a phrase that does not contain any new subject
3. separate items on a list
4. use more than one adjective (a describing word, like beautiful)
Ex:
1. Please, give me your pen for a while.
2. The boy, who knew that his mother was about to arrive, ran quickly towards the
opening door.
3. The shopping trolley was loaded high with bottles of beer, fruit, vegetables, toilet
rolls, cereals and cartons of milk.
4. The boy was happy, eager and full of anticipation at the start of his summer
holiday.
2) Full Stop (.)

1. A full stop should always be used to end a sentence. The full stop indicates that a
point has been made and that you are about to move on to further explanations
or a related point.
2. A single full stop may also be used to indicate the abbreviation of commonly used
words
3. Less frequently, a series of three full stops (an ellipsis) can be used to indicate
section of
4. A quotation has been omitted when it is not relevant to the text.
Example:
1. They are going to the market.
2. I have completed my assignments.
3. If it is possible I will try to submit as soon as possible.
4. “The boy was happy… at the start of his summer holiday.”
Telephone Number = Tel. No.

September = Sept. A full stop for abbreviations.
Pages = pp.
3) Exclamation Mark (!)
An exclamation mark indicates strong feeling within a sentence, such as fear, anger or
love. It is also used to accentuate feeling within the written spoken word.
For example:
1. “Help! I love you!”
In this way, it can also be used to indicate a sharp instruction
2. •“Stop! Police!”
or to indicate humour
3. •“Ha! Ha! Ha!”
The exclamation mark at the end of a sentence means that you do not need a full stop.
4) Question Mark (?)

The question mark simply indicates that a sentence is asking a question. It always
comes at the end of a sentence:
For example:
1. Are we at the end?
2. What they are talking between themselves?
3. It is good, isn’t it?
 Note that the question mark also serves as a full stop.
5) Apostrophe (’)
The apostrophe, sometimes called an inverted comma has two main uses.
1. The apostrophe indicates possession or ownership.

For example:
 The girl's hat was green, (girl is singular).
 This shows the reader that the hat belongs to the girl.
 The girls' hats were green, (girls in this instance are plural, i.e. more than one
girl, more than one hat).
 This indicates that the hats belong to the girls.
2. Another use of the apostrophe is to indicate where a letter is omitted:

For example:
 We're going to do this course. (We are going to do this course.)
 Isn’t this a fine example of punctuation? (Is not this a fine example of
punctuation?)
 The time is now 7 o’ clock. (The time is now 7 of the clock)
6) Quotation or Speech Marks (“….”)

1. Quotation or speech marks are used to:
2. To mark out speech
3. When quoting someone else's speech.
For example:
1. My grandpa said, "Share your chocolates with your friends."
2. "Antoy, don't do that!", said Peter.
3. "Will you get your books out please?” said Mr. Raam.
7) Hyphen (-)
 The hyphen is used to link words together.
For example:
 sub-part
 eighteenth-century people
 week-end
 second-class post
 gender-neutral
 non-verbal
 The hyphen is also used when a word is split between two lines. The hyphen
should be placed between syllables at the end of the upper line and indicates to
the reader that the word will be completed on the next line.
Capital Letters
When do we Use Capital Letters?

1. Use a capital letter for the personal pronoun 'I':
• What can I say?
2. Use a capital letter to begin a sentence or to begin speech:

• The man arrived. He sat down.
• Suddenly Mary asked, "Do you love me?"
3. Use capital letters for many abbreviations and acronyms:

• G.M.T. or GMT (Greenwich Mean Time)
• N.A.T.O. or NATO or Nato (North Atlantic Treaty Organization)
4. Use a capital letter for days of the week, months of the year, holidays:
• Monday, Tuesday
• January, February
• Christmas
• Armistice Day
5. Use a capital letter for countries, languages & nationalities, religions:

• China, France
• Japanese, English
• Christianity, Buddhism
6. Use a capital letter for people's names and titles:

• Anthony, Ram, William Shakespeare
• Professor Jones, Dr Smith
• Captain Kirk, King Henry VIII
7. Use a capital letter for trade-marks and names of companies and other organizations:
• Pepsi Cola, Walkman
• Microsoft Corporation, Toyota
• the United Nations, the Red Cross
8. Use a capital letter for places and monuments:

• London, Paris, the Latin Quarter
• the Eiffel Tower, St Paul's Cathedral
• Buckingham Palace, the White House
• Oxford Street, Fifth Avenue
• Jupiter, Mars, Sirius
• Asia, the Middle East, the North Pole
9. Use a capital letter for names of vehicles like ships, trains and spacecraft:
• the Titanic
• the Orient Express, the Flying Scotsman
• Challenger 2, the Enterprise
10. Use a capital letter for titles of books, poems, songs, plays, films etc:
• War And Peace
• If, Futility
• Like a Virgin
• The Taming of the Shrew
• The Lion King, Gone With The Wind
11. Use capital letters (sometimes!) for headings, titles of articles, books etc, and
newspaper headlines:
• HOW TO WIN AT POKER
• Chapter 2: CLINTON'S EARLY LIFE
• LIFE FOUND ON MARS!
• MAN BITES DOG
KEY ANSWERS
Exercises 1:
1. Go there. -----Imperative Sentence
2. Do you have a pen? -----Interrogative Sentence
3. Mohan planned a tony. -----Assertive Sentence
4. How gracefully he played! -----Exclamatory Sentence
5. What is your aim in life? -----Interrogative Sentence
6. Be quite. -----Imperative Sentence
7. My father started a business. -----Assertive Sentence
8. Ah! I have got the first prize. -----Exclamatory Sentence
9. Ravi is a good boy.-----Assertive Sentence
10. Do your duty. -----Imperative Sentence
11. Where do you live? -----Interrogative Sentence
12. What a beautiful plate this is! -----Exclamatory Sentence
13. Stop the car.-----Imperative Sentence
14. What day is today? -----Interrogative Sentence
15. What a lucky man he is! -----Exclamatory Sentence
16. The Police arrested the thief. -----Assertive Sentence
17. The teacher teaches well. -----Assertive Sentence
18. Take these books.-----Imperative Sentence
19. Where is your school? -----Interrogative Sentence
20. Oh! I missed the bus. -----Exclamatory Sentence
21. What is your pet animal? -----Interrogative Sentence
22. Pakistan is our neighbouring country. -----Assertive Sentence
23. Throw the ball. -----Imperative Sentence
24. What a tasty food! -----Exclamatory Sentence
25. What is your optional subject? -----Interrogative Sentence
26. Alas! The sun is very hot to go out! -----Exclamatory Sentence
27. Kalpana Roy is a brilliant girl.-----Assertive Sentence
28. Remove your shoes.-----Imperative Sentence
Exercise 2: Underline the subject and predicate.

Answers: subjects (parts) are in bold style. : predicates (parts) are in italic style.
1. They are walking along the street.
2. He walked around the table.
3. My turn comes before your turn.
4. Passengers sit behind the driver.
5. Mary sat between Tom and Jane.
6. She caught the lady by the hair.
7. The wind is blowing from the north.
8. He can solve this in 5 minutes.
9. The child ran out in front of the bus.
10. Eva sat opposite Tom at the table.
11. The plane flew over the Atlantic.
12. The earth moves round the sun.
13. The virus spread throughout the country.
14. Water flows under the bridge.
15. Her birthday was celebrated in February.
Exercise 3: underline the phrase and clause.
Answers: phrases are in bold style and clauses are in italic style.
1. They are walking along the street.
2. He walked around the table.
3. My turn comes before your turn.
4. Passengers sit behind the driver.
5. Mary sat between Tom and Jane.
6. She caught the lady by the hair.
7. The wind is blowing from the north.
8. He can solve this in 5 minutes.
9. The child ran out in front of the bus.
10. Eva sat opposite Tom at the table.
11. The plane flew over the Atlantic.
12. The earth moves round the sun.
13. The virus spread throughout the country.
14. Water flows under the bridge.
15. Her birthday was celebrated in February.
Exercise 4
Answers:
1. Peter 2. Birds 3. Team 4. Countable 5. Collective
6. family 7. Gold 8. Team 9. Common Noun 10. Collective Noun
Exercise 5
Answers
1. Truth – abstract noun
2. Honesty – abstract noun
3. Children – common noun
4. Lion – common; king – common; beasts – common
5. Solomon – proper noun; kings – common noun
6. Cleanliness – abstract noun; godliness – abstract noun
7. Birds – common noun; feather – common noun
8. Grammar – abstract noun
9. Nile – proper noun; rivers – common noun
10. Committee – collective noun; situation – abstract noun
11. Jawaharlal Nehru – proper noun; Prime Minister – common noun;
India – proper noun
12. Boy – common noun; honesty – abstract noun
13. Apple – common noun
14. Voice – abstract noun
15. Lie – abstract noun
16. Wisdom – abstract; riches – abstract
17. Jury – collective noun
18. Silver – material; gold – material; metal – common
19. Waters – common noun/material noun
20. Cackling – abstract; geese – common; Rome – proper
21. Tubal Cain – proper; man – common
22. Habits – abstract noun
23. Bird – common noun; worm – common noun
24. Edison – proper noun; phonograph – common noun
25. Ocean – common noun
Exercise 6
Answers:
A. duchess, lady, patroness, bachelorette, empress, director, actor, father, son, king
Exercise 7
Answers:
Masculine – nephew, stallion, master, groom, rooster
Feminine – niece, mare, mistress, bride, hen
Common – principal, president, neighbor, secretary, pet
Neuter – violin, car, coin, country, rock
Exercise 8
Answers: 1 – countable, 2 – uncountable, 3 – countable, 4 – countable, 5 – uncountable,
6 –countable, 7 – uncountable, 8 – uncountable, 9 – countable, 10 – countable
Exercise 9
Answers:
1. Intransitive 6. Transitive
2. Intransitive 7. Intransitive
3. Transitive 8. Intransitive
4. Intransitive 9. Transitive
5. Transitive 10. Transitive
Exercise 10
Answers:
1. of 5. To 9. With
2. To 6. In 10. of
3. For 7. For 11. of
4. With 8. Of 12. in
Exercise 11
1. and 5. or 9. because
2. because 6. Though 10. and
3. and 7. either, or
4. and 8. while
Exercise 12
Answers:
1. John smokes but his brother doesn’t.
2. Neither Alice nor Mary has come.
3. She speaks English as well as Spanish. OR She speaks English and Spanish.
4. I like him because he is very sincere.
5. Though he worked hard, he did not win.
6. She is ill but she is cheerful.
7. Though it was raining we decided to go out.
8. The piper played and the children danced.
9. James works hard whereas his brother is lazy.
10. I went to the shop and bought some vegetables.
11. You must start at once; otherwise you will be late.
12. He must be tired because he has been working since morning.
Exercise 13
Answers:
1. I need to work hard so that I can pass the exam.
2. Although he was the best candidate, he didn't win the elections.
3. When you come back from your trip, we'll meet to discuss the problem.
4. They said that the movie was fantastic, so I watched it.
5. Although he was very ill, he didn't take any medicine.
6. I don't know where I can buy a pair of jeans.
7. She went to the shops but cocouldn't find anything that could fit her needs.
8. Everybody likes him because he is nice and helpful.
9. Since he was angry with her, he didn't utter a word.
10. Keep quiet or go out.
Exercise 14
Answers:
1. She was not beaten by me.
2. This experience will never be forgotten by me.
3. A cake was made by mother yesterday.
4. The girl was teased by the boy.
5. Was her duty done by her?
6. The deer was being chased by the tiger.
7. A novel has been written by her.
8. Her lessons have been learned by her.
9. Has the report been finished by you?
10. The thief has been caught by the police.
11. The work has been completed by my brother.
12. My pen was stolen by somebody yesterday.
13. The match may be won by our team.
14. Patients are looked after by nurses.
Exercise 15
Answers:
1. Ms Sullivan teaches us grammar.
2. The teacher praised him.
3. The firemen took the injured to the hospital.
4. An earthquake destroyed the town.
5. The boy’s work pleased the teacher.
6. The fire damaged the building.
7. Who taught you French?
8. The manager will give you a ticket.
9. Spectators thronged the streets.
10. Everyone will blame us.
11. The wind blew down the trees.
12. The police caught the thieves.
13. Alice posted the letter.
14. The hostess received us.
15. They/somebody killed the snake with a stick.
16. The people welcomed the minister.
17. They found him guilty of murder.
18. John Mathews built this house in 1991.
Exercise 16
Answers:
1. The question can be answered by me.
2. The box would be carried by her
3. The window should be opened by you.
4. Cards might be played by us.
5. The car ought to be washed by you
6. The form must be filled in by him.
7. Bread need not be bought by them.
8. The sentence could not be read by him.
9. Will our English be tested by the teacher?
10. Could the door be locked by Jenny?
Exercise 17
Answers:
1. Flowers are gathered by her.
2. The poor helped by him.
3. Your word is not kept by you.
4. When do you eat your breakfast?
5. Is meat eaten by you?
6. Why are lies told by him?
7. Who is wanted by you?
8. Good news is expected by you.
9. Toys and dolls are liked by children.
10. How are your clothe washed by you?
11. Where is her money kept by her?
12. Which pen do you like?
13. By whom are you taught.
14. His juniors are not punished by this officer.
15. I learn a lesson.
16. The postman delivers letters.
17. The match is won by our team.
18. The novel is read by tom in a day.
19. A song is sung by Jenny.
Exercise 18
Answers:
1. The plants are being watered by her.
2. We are playing Hockey.
3. A race is not being run by me.
4. A letter is being written by Jack.
5. They are abusing him.
6. A poem is being read by me.
7. Why are you abusing him?
8. The T.V. is being watched by my mother.
9. A kite is being made by me.
10. They are watching the sports.
Exercise 19
Answers:
1. The account has been cleared by him.
2. The book has been read by Jack.
3. My pen has not been stolen by her.
4. Has medicine been taken by you?
5. Why has the watch been wound by you?
6. By whom has this letter been torn?
7. My work has not been finished by me.
8. The M.A examination has been passed by her.
9. Have your clothes been spoiled by Ruth?
10. Have all your money been spent by you?
Exercise 20
Answers:
1. The first gramophone was invented by Edison.
2. All the milk was drunk by the cat.
3. I was not expected by them.
4. Was a noise made by you?
5. They were not beaten by the teacher.
6. The prize was not won by them.
7. My bike was stolen by a thief.
8. The home was cleaned by Alec.
9. A letter was written by Jenny.
10. When was his home task done by him?
11. Where was the diary found by you?
12. Which picture was seen by you last night?
13. A cake was not made by Tom.
Exercise 21
Answers:
1. His books were being revised by him.
2. The flowers were being plucked by her.
3. A song was being sung by Jenny.
4. A race was not being run by me.
5. Was a lecture being given by her?
6. They were not being abused by her.
7. Was a story-book being written by you?
8. His bike was being prepared by me.
9. Why was your time being wasted by you?
10. What was being done by Ruth?
11. Who was being abused by you?
12. Why were the flowers being plucked by them?
Exercise 22
Answers:
1. I will be helped by Adam.
2. I will be helped by him with money.
3. A new phone will be bought by Jenny.
4. The toy will be broken by the baby.
5. Will the food be cooked by him?
6. The watch will not be stolen by him.
7. Why will the bill be paid by him?
8. What will be had for breakfast by you?
9. Her cloth will not be ironed by her.
10. The will not be posted by Jack.
11. Why will these papers be signed by her?
12. The train will be caught by us.
Exercise 23
Answers:
1. This book will have been read by her.
2. Our home-task will have been done by us.
3. I will not have been abused by her.
4. The test will not have been taken by him.
5. The lesson will not have been leant by you.
6. His house will have been sold by him
7. Will the bill have been paid by him?
8. By whom will the chair have been broken?
9. The cow will have been milked by him.
10. All the money will have been spent by Ruth.
Exercise 24
Answers:
1. Your parents should be obeyed by you.
2. This sum can be solved by me.
3. My pen may be used by you.
4. We could not be helped by him.
5. Our parents should be respected by us.
6. You would not be helped by her.
7. The sentence could not be read by them.
8. Would a cup of tea be taken by you?
9. Could the door be locked by Mark?
10. Bread need not brought by him.
11. Can your umbrella be used by me?
12. Could the door be shut by you?
Exercise 25
Answers:
1. Let the door be shut.
2. Let the cow not be starved.
3. You are ordered to get out of my sight.
Exercise 26
Answers:
1. He said that he had got a toothache.
2. Manu said that he was very busy then.
3. She told us to hurry up.
4. He asked her to give him a cup of water.
5. She said that she was going to college.
6. She thanked me.
7. Raju said that Gautam would have to go the following day.
8. Geetha says that her father is an Engineer.
9. He said that he had passed the physical test.
10. She told me that I was her only friend.
11. He told me that he loved me.
12. James asked Mary where she was going.
Exercise 27
Answers:
1. He said that he liked that song.
2. She asked me where my sister was.
3. She said that she didn't speak Italian.
4. They asked me to say hello to Jim.
5. He said that the film had begun at seven o'clock.
6. She told the boys not to play on the grass.
7. She asked him where he had spent his money.
8. He said that he never made mistakes.
9. He wanted to know if she knew Robert.
10. The stuntman advised the audience not to try that at home.
Exercise 28
Answers:
1. If I study, I will pass the exams.
2. If it rains, the children will not go for a walk.
3. If I came home earlier, I would prepare dinner.
4. If the sun shines, we will walk to the town.
5. If the boys do not play football, the girls will not come to the football pitch.
6. If he has a temperature, he will see the doctor.
7. If I were you, I would not go to Kiran's party.
8. If my friends come, I will be very happy.
9. If she earns a lot of money, she will fly to New York.
10. If you did a paper round, you would earn a little extra money.
11. If we travel to London, we will visit the museums.
12. If you wear sandals, you will slip on the rocks.
13. If she did not bully her classmates, she would have more friends.
14. If Rita forgets her homework, the teacher will give her a low mark.
15. If they had waited for another 10 minutes, they would have seen the pop star.
16. If they go to the disco, they will listen to loud music.
17. If you wait a minute, I will ask my parents.
18. If the weather had been nice, they would have played football.
19. If she does not read the novel, she will not pass the literature test.
20. If I do not argue with my father, he will lend me his motorbike.
Exercise 29
Answers:
1. If Jeff did not like Jessica, he would not buy her an ice-cream.
2. If we take the bus, we will not arrive in time.
3. If we had used the town map, we would not have got lost.
4. If Dick does not buy the book, his friends will be angry with him.
5. If the teacher had explained the homework, I would have done it.
6. If Tom does not tidy up his room, Victoria will not help him with the muffins.
7. If the police had come earlier, they would have arrested the burglar.
8. If Oliver found money, he would not keep it.
9. If they did not wear pullovers in the mountains, it would be too cold during the
night.
10. If you had bought fresh green vegetable, your salad would have tasted better.
11. If you eat too much junk food, you will not lose weight.
12. If I do not complete homework tomorrow morning, my mother will not allow me
to go outside.
13. If it had not rained, the children would have played outside.
14. If they do not hurry, they will not catch the train.
15. If Mary had asked me, I would have emailed the documents.
16. If Tony knew her phone number, he would not give it to Frank.
17. If the boys had taken the bus to school, they would have arrived on time.
18. If we lived in Rome, Jayaraj would visit us.
19. If she had bought a new hard disk, she would not have lost all data.
20. If you dropped this bottle, it would not break.
Exercise 30
Answers:
1. If he did not print the document, I would not correct it.
2. If Fred had not cheated at the test, his teacher would not have phoned his father.
3. If the police had not stopped me, I would have reached you in time.
4. If it was not so late, we would play a game of chess.
5. If he had spoken more slowy, Peter would have understood him.
6. If Tom had eaten more salad, he would not have caught a cold.
7. If John had learned more words, he would have written a good report.
8. If we did not visit this museum, we would not write a good report.
9. If you had checked the car, it would not have broken down in the middle of the
desert.
10. If Tim and Tom were older, they would play in our hockey team.
11. If we had gone to a good restaurant, we would have had a better dinner.
12. If he was my friend, I would invite him to my birthday party.
13. If Susan studied harder, she would be better at school.
14. If they had enough money, they would buy a new car.
15. If my parents had not been so tired, they would have watched the film on TV.
16. If I had not switched off the radio, I would have known about the second goal.
17. If Michael got more pocket money, he would ask Doris out for dinner.
18. If we hurried, we would catch the bus.
19. If his older brother had not driven so fast, he would not have crashed into the
other car.
20. If it rained, Nina would take an umbrella with her.

Basic English Grammar Notes

Uploaded by

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Copyright:

Available Formats

Basic English Grammar Notes

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Basic English Grammar Notes

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Grammar is a set of rules which deals with how to put words in a disciplined

order. It studies scientifically means systematically the written components of a

Alphabet means what?

Alphabet is a group of letters. There is one alphabet in English and it has

Letter means what?

Letter is a written symbol which we can pronounce and when we pronounce it

For ex: a, b, h, g, l, o, r etc…..

Word means what?

Word is a group of letters which makes a meaning.

It is a group of words which are arranged in a proper order (means grammatical

1) It should have group of words.

 ate apple I an. (not correct) I ate an apple. (correct)

Some more examples:

Some more examples:Interrogative sentences

Examples: Suggestions / Advices ¸À®ºÉUÀ¼ÀÄ

Some more examples: Exclamatory sentences

1. Go there. 15. What a lucky man he is!

Topic 4.a: Noun

 These common nouns are words for animals.

 These common nouns are words for places.

Ex: A crowd of people, An army of soldiers, a panel of judges,

 Many groups of animals have their own special collective nouns.

2. Which of the following noun is a Common Noun?

3. Which of the following noun is a Collective Noun?

4. Artist is a ............ Noun?

5. Family is a ............ Noun?

6. Which of the following noun is not a Abstract Noun?

7. Which of the following noun is not a Countable Noun?

8. Which of the following noun is not a Proper Noun?

9. Birds fly in the sky.

1. Always speak the truth.

THE NOUN - GENDER

1. Masculine Gender. 2. Feminine Gender, 3. Common Gender and 4. Neuter Gender.

Ways of forming the feminine of Nouns

Animal Masculine Feminine

3. By using an entirely different words; as

Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine

4. By adding a syllable (-ess, -ine, trix, -a, etc) as,

4. By adding -ess after dropping the vowel of the masculine ending

5. By a word suffix or prefix, like

 The Feminine Gender is sometimes applied to objects remarkable for beauty,

English Exercise: Gender of Nouns

Exercise: Write each word under the appropriate column

Singular and Plural Nouns

 There is a boy in the classroom.

Singular plural Singular plural

Singular plural singular plural

Singular Plural Singular Plural

By adding –s or changing –f into –ves

By adding –s to nouns ending in –f or –fe

By changing –f or –fe into –ves

By adding –s if there is a vowel before the –y

Singular Plural Singular Plural

By changing –y into –ies if a noun ends in a consonant before the –y

Singular Plural Singular Plural

By adding –s or –es to nouns ending in –o

By adding –es to nouns ending in -o

Countable and uncountable nouns